1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
62 #include "continuations.h"
66 #include "dummy-frame.h"
69 #include "thread-fsm.h"
70 #include "tid-parse.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
76 /* readline defines this. */
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
82 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
83 #include "common/array-view.h"
84 #include "common/gdb_optional.h"
86 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
87 enum exception_event_kind
94 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
96 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
97 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
99 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
102 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
103 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
104 enum bptype type_wanted
);
106 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
107 struct linespec_result
*,
108 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
109 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
111 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
113 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
114 int, int, int, unsigned);
116 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
117 (struct breakpoint
*b
, const struct event_location
*location
,
118 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
120 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
121 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
123 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
125 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
127 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
128 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
129 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
131 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
133 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
134 struct symtab_and_line
,
136 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
138 static struct breakpoint
*
139 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
141 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
144 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
146 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
150 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
151 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
152 struct obj_section
*, int);
154 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
155 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
157 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
158 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
161 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
162 const address_space
*,
165 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
166 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
168 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
170 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
172 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
174 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
176 int *other_type_used
);
178 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
181 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
182 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
183 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
185 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
187 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
188 insert locations now. */
189 enum ugll_insert_mode
191 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
192 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
193 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
194 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
195 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
196 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
197 returns true on them.
199 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
200 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
201 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
202 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
203 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
204 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
208 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
209 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
212 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
213 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
214 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
215 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
216 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
217 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
218 as no thread is running yet. */
222 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
224 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
226 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
228 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
230 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
232 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
234 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
236 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
238 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
241 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
243 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
244 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
245 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
246 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
248 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
249 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
251 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
252 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
254 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
256 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
258 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
259 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
261 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
262 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
264 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
265 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
266 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
267 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
268 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
269 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
271 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
272 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
273 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
274 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
280 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
282 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
283 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
284 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
285 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
287 static char *dprintf_function
;
289 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
290 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
291 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
292 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
293 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
294 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
295 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
297 static char *dprintf_channel
;
299 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
301 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
303 struct command_line
*
304 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
306 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
309 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
310 current breakpoint. */
312 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
315 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
317 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
318 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
320 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
322 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
325 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
326 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
327 if such is available. */
328 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
331 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
332 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
335 fprintf_filtered (file
,
336 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
337 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
341 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
342 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
343 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
344 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
345 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
347 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
348 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
351 fprintf_filtered (file
,
352 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
353 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
357 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
358 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
359 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
360 use hardware breakpoints. */
361 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
363 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
364 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
367 fprintf_filtered (file
,
368 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
372 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
373 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
374 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
375 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
376 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
377 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
378 processing user input. */
379 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
382 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
383 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
385 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
389 /* See breakpoint.h. */
392 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
394 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
396 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
397 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
398 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
401 else if (target_has_execution
)
403 struct thread_info
*tp
;
405 if (always_inserted_mode
)
407 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
412 if (threads_are_executing ())
415 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
416 stopped, we still have events to process. */
417 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
419 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
425 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
427 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
428 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
429 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
430 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
431 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
432 condition_evaluation_auto
,
433 condition_evaluation_host
,
434 condition_evaluation_target
,
438 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
439 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
441 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
442 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
443 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
445 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
446 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
447 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
451 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
453 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
455 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
456 return condition_evaluation_target
;
458 return condition_evaluation_host
;
464 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
467 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
469 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
472 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
476 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
478 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
480 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
483 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
484 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
486 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
487 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
489 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
490 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
492 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
493 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
494 current breakpoint. */
496 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
498 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
499 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
500 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
503 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
504 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
505 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
507 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
508 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
509 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
512 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
513 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
514 to where the loop should start from.
515 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
516 appropriate location to start with. */
518 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
519 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
520 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
522 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
523 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
526 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
528 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
529 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
530 if (is_tracepoint (B))
532 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
534 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
536 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
538 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
540 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
542 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
544 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
545 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
546 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
547 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
548 an address you need to read. */
550 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
552 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
553 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
554 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
555 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
556 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
558 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
560 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
561 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
562 reported by a target. */
563 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> moribund_locations
;
565 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
567 static int breakpoint_count
;
569 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
570 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
571 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
572 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
573 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
575 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
577 static int tracepoint_count
;
579 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
580 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
581 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
583 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
586 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
589 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
593 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
600 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
602 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
604 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
607 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
610 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
612 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
613 breakpoint_count
= num
;
614 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
617 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
618 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
619 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
621 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
624 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
626 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
629 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
632 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
634 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
637 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
640 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
642 struct breakpoint
*b
;
649 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
650 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
653 get_breakpoint (int num
)
655 struct breakpoint
*b
;
658 if (b
->number
== num
)
666 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
667 evaluating conditions on its side. */
670 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
672 struct bp_location
*loc
;
674 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
675 evaluating conditions and if the user has
676 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
678 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
679 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
682 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
685 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
686 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
689 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
690 evaluating conditions on its side. */
693 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
695 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
696 evaluating conditions and if the user has
697 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
699 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
700 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
704 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
707 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
710 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
711 condition_evaluation_mode. */
714 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
715 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
717 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
719 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
720 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
722 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
723 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
724 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
728 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
729 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
731 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
732 settings was "auto". */
733 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
735 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
736 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
738 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
739 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
740 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
742 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
743 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
746 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
748 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
750 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
751 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
755 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
756 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
757 target knows about. */
758 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
759 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
760 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
764 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
770 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
771 what "auto" is translating to. */
774 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
775 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
777 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
778 fprintf_filtered (file
,
779 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
780 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
782 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
784 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
788 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
789 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
790 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
793 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
795 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
796 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
798 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
801 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
804 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
805 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
806 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
809 static struct bp_location
**
810 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
812 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
813 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
814 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
816 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
817 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
819 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
820 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
821 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
822 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
823 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
825 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
826 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
829 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
830 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
831 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
832 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
839 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
842 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
843 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
845 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
847 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
849 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
853 struct bp_location
*loc
;
855 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
859 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
860 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
861 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
868 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
872 const char *arg
= exp
;
874 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
875 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
876 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
877 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
879 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
881 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
883 innermost_block
.reset ();
885 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
887 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
888 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
.block ();
892 struct bp_location
*loc
;
894 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
898 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
899 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
901 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
905 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
907 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
910 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
913 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
914 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
915 const char *text
, const char *word
)
919 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
920 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
924 struct breakpoint
*b
;
928 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
929 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
930 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
934 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
941 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
943 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
945 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> copy (xstrdup (number
));
946 tracker
.add_completion (std::move (copy
));
953 /* We're completing the expression part. */
954 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
955 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
958 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
961 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
963 struct breakpoint
*b
;
968 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
971 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
973 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
976 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
978 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
979 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
980 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
981 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
982 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
986 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
987 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
988 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
990 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
992 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
993 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
998 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1001 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1002 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1003 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1006 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1008 struct command_line
*c
;
1010 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1014 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1015 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1016 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1018 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_0
.get ());
1019 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_1
.get ());
1021 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1022 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1023 command directly. */
1024 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1025 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1027 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1028 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1032 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1034 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1037 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1040 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1042 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1043 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1044 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1048 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1050 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1054 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1056 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1059 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1062 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1063 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1067 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1068 b
= new tracepoint ();
1069 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1070 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1072 b
= new breakpoint ();
1074 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1077 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1078 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1082 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1083 struct command_line
*commands
)
1085 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1087 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1088 struct command_line
*c
;
1089 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1091 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1092 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1096 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1097 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1098 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1099 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1100 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1101 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1102 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1103 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1104 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1105 tracepoint's context. */
1106 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1108 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1110 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1111 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1112 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1113 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1114 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1115 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1118 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1119 "can be used only once"));
1124 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1128 struct command_line
*c2
;
1130 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_list_1
== nullptr);
1131 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list_0
.get ();
1132 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1134 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1135 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1141 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1145 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1146 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1148 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
1149 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1151 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1152 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> found
;
1153 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1156 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1158 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1159 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1160 found
.push_back (b
);
1166 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1167 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1170 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1171 counted_command_line
&&commands
)
1173 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1175 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1176 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1179 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1180 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1184 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1186 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1189 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1190 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1193 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1194 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1197 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1199 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1202 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1203 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1206 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1207 breakpoint work for any task. */
1210 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1212 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1215 if (old_task
!= task
)
1216 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1220 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1221 struct command_line
*control
)
1223 counted_command_line cmd
;
1225 std::string new_arg
;
1227 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1229 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1230 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1232 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1233 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1234 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1237 map_breakpoint_numbers
1238 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1242 if (control
!= NULL
)
1243 cmd
= control
->body_list_0
;
1247 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1248 "%s, one per line."),
1251 auto do_validate
= [=] (const char *line
)
1253 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1255 gdb::function_view
<void (const char *)> validator
;
1256 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1257 validator
= do_validate
;
1259 cmd
= read_command_lines (str
.c_str (), from_tty
, 1, validator
);
1263 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1265 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1267 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1269 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1275 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1277 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1280 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1281 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1283 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1284 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1285 enum command_control_type
1286 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1288 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1289 return simple_control
;
1292 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1295 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1297 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1301 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1302 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1307 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1308 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1311 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1312 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1313 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1316 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1317 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1318 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1319 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1320 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1322 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1323 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1327 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1328 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1330 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1334 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1336 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1337 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1339 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1341 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1346 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1348 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1353 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1354 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1356 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1357 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1358 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1362 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1364 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1365 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1368 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1370 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1371 shadow_contents buffer. */
1372 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1373 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1374 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1376 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1378 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1379 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1383 const unsigned char *bp
;
1384 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1387 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1388 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1389 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1391 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1393 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1395 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1396 breakpoint's INSN. */
1397 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1401 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1402 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1404 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1405 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1406 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1408 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1409 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1410 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1411 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1412 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1413 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1414 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1415 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1417 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1420 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1421 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1422 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1424 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1426 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1428 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1429 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1430 report higher one. */
1433 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1434 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1436 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1438 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1439 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1441 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1442 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1443 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1444 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1446 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1447 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1448 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1450 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1452 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1459 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1460 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1461 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1462 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1463 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1466 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1468 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1469 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1470 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1473 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1476 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1478 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1480 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1482 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1483 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1484 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1487 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1490 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1491 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1492 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1495 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1498 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1499 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1505 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1509 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1511 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1512 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1513 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1516 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1519 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1521 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1522 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1523 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1526 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1530 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1532 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1533 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1536 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1537 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1538 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1539 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1540 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1541 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1542 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1543 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1546 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1548 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1549 && (b
->watchpoint_thread
== null_ptid
1550 || (inferior_ptid
== b
->watchpoint_thread
1551 && !inferior_thread ()->executing
)));
1554 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1555 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1558 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1560 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1562 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1563 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1564 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1565 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1566 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1568 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1571 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1574 static struct value
*
1575 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1577 struct value
*bit_val
;
1582 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1584 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1587 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1594 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1595 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1596 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1597 to be able to report stops. */
1600 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1601 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1603 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1605 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1606 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1607 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1608 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1611 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1612 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1615 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1617 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1619 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1620 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1621 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1624 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1625 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1626 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1627 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1629 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1631 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1632 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1635 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1636 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1637 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1638 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1639 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1640 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1641 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1642 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1644 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1645 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1646 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1647 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1648 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1649 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1650 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1651 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1654 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1655 hardware watchpoints:
1657 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1658 called several times when GDB stops.
1661 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1662 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1663 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1664 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1665 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1666 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1667 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1668 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1669 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1670 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1671 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1673 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1674 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1677 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1679 int within_current_scope
;
1680 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1683 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1684 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1685 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1686 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1689 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1694 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1695 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1696 within_current_scope
= 1;
1699 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1700 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1701 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1703 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1704 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1705 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1706 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1707 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1710 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1711 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1712 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1713 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1716 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1718 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1719 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1720 if (within_current_scope
)
1724 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1725 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1726 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1729 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1734 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1735 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1736 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1737 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1738 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1739 be completely different objects. */
1743 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1744 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1745 locations (re)created below. */
1746 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1748 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1751 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1755 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1756 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1757 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1758 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1759 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1760 if (!target_has_execution
)
1762 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1763 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1764 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1765 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1767 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1768 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1770 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1771 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1774 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1777 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
1778 struct value
*v
, *result
, *next
;
1779 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1781 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1783 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1784 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1785 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1786 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1787 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1789 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1791 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1792 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1793 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
1797 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1799 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1800 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
1801 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
1805 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1806 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1807 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1808 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1809 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1810 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1811 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! value_lazy (v
)))
1813 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1815 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1816 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1817 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1819 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1820 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1823 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1824 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1825 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1827 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1829 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1831 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1832 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1834 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1836 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1837 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1838 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1839 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1840 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1843 addr
= value_address (v
);
1846 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1851 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1853 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1856 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1857 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1860 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1862 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1863 loc
->address
= address_significant (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
1867 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1868 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1871 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1873 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1878 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1879 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1880 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1885 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1886 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1888 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1892 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1895 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1896 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1897 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1899 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1900 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1901 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1902 this watchpoint in as well. */
1904 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1905 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1906 hardware watchpoint type. */
1908 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1909 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1911 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1912 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1913 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1914 through watch_command), so always account for it
1917 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1918 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1920 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1921 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
1924 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1925 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1927 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
1929 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1930 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1931 "hardware watchpoint."));
1932 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1933 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1934 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1936 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1937 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1941 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1942 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1943 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1948 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1950 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1951 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1952 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1954 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1955 "read/access watchpoint."));
1958 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1960 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1961 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1962 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1963 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1966 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1967 above left it without any location set up. But,
1968 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1969 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1970 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
1971 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
1973 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1975 printf_filtered (_("\
1976 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1977 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1979 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1982 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1984 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1988 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1989 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1990 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1991 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1992 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1994 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1996 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
1999 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2002 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2005 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2008 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2009 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2010 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2011 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2012 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2013 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2014 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2015 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2016 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2019 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2020 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2021 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2023 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2024 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2025 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2027 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2028 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2029 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2030 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2031 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2032 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2033 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2034 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2035 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2039 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2040 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2041 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2042 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2047 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2048 instruction that triggered one. */
2049 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2050 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2054 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2055 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2056 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2057 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2066 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2067 that the location is not duplicated. */
2070 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2073 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2076 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2077 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2081 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2082 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2083 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2084 any error during parsing. */
2086 static agent_expr_up
2087 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2092 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2094 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2095 that may show up. */
2098 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2101 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2103 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2104 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2105 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2109 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2113 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2114 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2115 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2116 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2117 one of them is true. */
2120 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2122 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2123 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2124 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2125 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2127 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2128 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2130 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2131 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2132 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2134 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2135 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2138 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2139 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2140 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2141 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2142 response back to GDB. */
2143 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2146 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2150 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2151 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2152 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2153 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2154 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2158 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2159 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2160 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2162 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2168 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2169 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2170 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2172 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2173 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2174 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2176 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2179 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2181 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2183 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2186 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2191 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2192 for this location's address. */
2193 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2197 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2198 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2199 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2202 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2203 to send the conditions to the target. */
2204 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2211 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2212 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2213 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2215 static agent_expr_up
2216 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2218 const char *cmdrest
;
2219 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2220 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2227 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2229 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2231 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2232 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2234 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2236 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2238 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2240 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2241 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2243 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2245 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2246 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2248 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2250 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2252 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2254 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2255 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2260 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2261 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2263 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2267 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2269 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2270 that may show up. */
2273 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2274 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2275 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2277 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2279 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2280 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2281 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2285 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2289 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2290 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2291 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2294 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2296 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2297 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2298 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2299 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2301 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2302 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2304 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2307 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2308 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2311 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2312 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2313 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2315 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2318 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2319 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2320 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2324 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2325 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2326 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2327 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2328 response back to GDB. */
2329 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2332 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2336 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2337 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2338 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2339 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2341 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2342 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2345 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2346 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2347 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2349 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2355 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2357 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2359 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2362 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2363 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2365 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2367 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2370 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2375 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2376 for this location's address. */
2377 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2380 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2381 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2382 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2383 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2386 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2387 to send the commands to the target. */
2388 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2392 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2393 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2394 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2395 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2398 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2399 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2400 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2404 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2406 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2408 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2409 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2411 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
);
2413 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2417 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2420 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2421 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2422 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2423 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2426 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2427 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2429 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2430 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2431 int *disabled_breaks
,
2432 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2433 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2435 gdb_exception bp_excpt
= exception_none
;
2437 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2440 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2441 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2442 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2443 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2444 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2445 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2446 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2447 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2448 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2449 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2450 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2451 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2453 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2454 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2455 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2456 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2458 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2460 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2461 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2462 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2463 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2466 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2467 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2469 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2471 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2472 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2473 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2475 Two important cases are:
2476 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2477 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2478 hardware breakpoint.
2479 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2480 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2481 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2484 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2485 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2486 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2487 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2489 struct mem_region
*mr
2490 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2494 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2496 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2498 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2499 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2501 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2503 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2505 static int said
= 0;
2507 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2510 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2511 _("Note: automatically using "
2512 "hardware breakpoints for "
2513 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2518 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2519 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2521 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2522 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2523 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2524 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2526 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2532 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2533 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2534 || bl
->section
== NULL
2535 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2537 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2542 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2544 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2546 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2554 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2555 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2556 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2558 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2559 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2560 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2561 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2562 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2566 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2568 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2569 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2570 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2572 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2577 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2578 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2579 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2580 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2581 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2584 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2586 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2592 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2593 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2594 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2595 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2599 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2600 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2602 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2607 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2609 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2611 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2619 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2620 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2625 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2627 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2629 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2630 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2631 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2632 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2633 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2634 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2635 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2636 errors as memory errors. */
2637 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2638 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2639 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2640 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2641 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2642 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2645 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2646 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2647 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2648 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2650 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2651 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2653 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2654 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2655 "library breakpoints:\n");
2657 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2658 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2659 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2664 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2666 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2667 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2668 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2669 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2671 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2672 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2673 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2678 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2681 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2682 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2684 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2685 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2687 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2691 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2692 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2707 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2708 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2709 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2710 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2714 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2715 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2717 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2719 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2720 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2721 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2723 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2725 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2726 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2728 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2730 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2731 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2735 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2736 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2743 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2744 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2747 /* Back to the original value. */
2748 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2752 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2755 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2759 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2760 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2762 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2765 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2769 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2770 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2772 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2775 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2777 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2778 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2779 so just return success. */
2786 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2787 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2791 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2793 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2794 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2796 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2797 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2799 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2800 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2803 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2804 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2805 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2807 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2809 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2811 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2812 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2813 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2815 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2816 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2818 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2824 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2825 removed locations above. */
2826 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2829 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2830 Throws exception on any error.
2831 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2832 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2834 insert_breakpoints (void)
2836 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2838 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2839 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2841 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2843 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2846 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2847 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2848 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2849 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2852 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2855 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2857 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2859 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2861 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2865 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2866 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2867 always-inserted mode. */
2870 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2872 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2875 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2876 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2877 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2879 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2881 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2882 there was an error. */
2883 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2885 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2887 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2889 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2891 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2894 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2895 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2896 deletion of breakpoints. */
2897 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2900 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2902 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2903 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2904 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2905 insert breakpoints. */
2906 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2907 && inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
2910 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2911 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2918 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2919 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2923 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2926 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2928 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2929 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2932 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2933 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2934 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2936 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2938 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2939 there was an error. */
2940 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2942 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2944 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2946 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2949 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2950 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2951 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2952 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2953 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2956 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2958 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2959 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2960 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2961 insert breakpoints. */
2962 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2963 && inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
2966 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2967 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2972 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2973 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2974 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2976 int some_failed
= 0;
2977 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2979 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2982 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2985 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2988 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2989 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2996 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2998 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3000 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3001 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3002 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3010 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3011 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3012 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3014 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3015 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3017 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3018 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3022 /* Used when the program stops.
3023 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3024 removing a breakpoint location. */
3027 remove_breakpoints (void)
3029 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3032 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3034 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3035 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3040 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3044 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3046 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3048 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3050 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3052 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3054 printf_filtered (_("\
3055 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3056 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3058 /* Hide it from the user. */
3064 /* Remove breakpoints of inferior INF. */
3067 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior
*inf
)
3069 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3072 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3074 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3077 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3079 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3087 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3089 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3090 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3091 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3092 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3093 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3094 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3096 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3099 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3102 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3103 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3107 static struct breakpoint
*
3108 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3109 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3110 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3112 symtab_and_line sal
;
3114 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3115 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3117 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3118 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3119 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3124 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3126 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3128 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3130 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3131 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3133 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3134 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
{};
3136 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3137 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
] {};
3139 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3140 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3142 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3144 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3146 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3147 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
{};
3149 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3150 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
{};
3152 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3153 int exception_searched
= 0;
3155 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3157 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3160 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3162 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3163 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3165 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3168 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3170 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3173 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3174 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3176 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3177 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3179 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3181 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3182 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3183 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3185 bp_objfile_data
= new breakpoint_objfile_data ();
3186 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3188 return bp_objfile_data
;
3192 free_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3194 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3195 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3197 delete bp_objfile_data
;
3201 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3203 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3204 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3206 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3208 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3209 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3211 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3213 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3215 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3218 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3220 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3222 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3223 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3225 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3226 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3229 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3232 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3233 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3235 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3236 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3237 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3238 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3240 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3242 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3243 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3247 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3248 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3254 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3256 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3258 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3260 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3262 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3264 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3266 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3269 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3270 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3272 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3274 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3276 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3278 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3279 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3283 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3286 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3288 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3289 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3293 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3294 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3297 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3299 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3301 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3303 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3305 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3306 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3308 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3309 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3310 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3316 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3319 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3321 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3322 const char *func_name
;
3324 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3326 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3329 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3330 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3332 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3334 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3335 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3337 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3338 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3341 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3344 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3345 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3346 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3347 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3348 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3349 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3350 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3356 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3358 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3360 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3361 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3363 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3365 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3367 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3370 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3372 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3374 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3375 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3376 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3378 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3380 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3383 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3385 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3387 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3388 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3389 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3391 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3392 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3395 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3398 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3399 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3400 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3401 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3402 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3403 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3404 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3405 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3410 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3413 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3415 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3416 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3418 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3420 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3421 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3422 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3424 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3426 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3428 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3429 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3431 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3432 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3436 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3439 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3441 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3442 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3446 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3447 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3450 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3452 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3454 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3456 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3458 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3459 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3460 bp_exception_master
,
3461 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3462 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3463 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3469 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3471 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3474 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3476 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3478 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3480 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3481 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3483 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3487 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3490 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3491 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3492 current_top_target ());
3493 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3494 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3495 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3496 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3497 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3498 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3502 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3505 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3507 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3511 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3513 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3514 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3516 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3517 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3518 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3519 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3520 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3521 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3522 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3523 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3524 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3525 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3526 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3528 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3530 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3533 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3534 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3536 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3540 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3541 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3543 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3547 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3548 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3549 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3550 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3551 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3553 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3557 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3558 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3560 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3564 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3565 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3567 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3571 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3573 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3574 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3575 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3577 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3581 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3583 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3584 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3585 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3586 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3590 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3591 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3592 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3593 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3594 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3595 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3597 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3598 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3599 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3600 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3601 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3602 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3603 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3605 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3606 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3607 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3608 let finish_command delete it.
3610 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3611 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3612 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3613 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3614 solib breakpoints.) */
3616 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3621 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3622 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3624 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3626 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3633 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3635 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3637 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3638 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3640 if (ptid
.pid () == inferior_ptid
.pid ())
3641 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3643 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3644 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3645 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3647 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3650 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3651 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3652 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3653 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3654 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3655 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3656 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3660 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3666 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3667 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3668 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3669 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3670 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3673 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3677 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3678 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3680 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3681 This should not ever happen. */
3682 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3684 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3685 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3687 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3688 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3689 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3691 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3692 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3693 || bl
->section
== NULL
3694 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3696 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3698 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3699 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3700 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3701 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3702 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3703 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3704 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3705 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3706 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3707 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3708 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3709 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3710 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3711 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3712 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3713 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3714 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3715 they should always be removed. */
3716 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3717 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3718 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3721 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3725 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3726 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3727 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3729 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3730 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3732 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3733 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3734 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3735 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3736 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3738 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3739 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3742 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3743 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3746 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3747 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3748 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3749 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3751 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3752 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3753 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3754 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3755 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3756 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3762 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3767 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3768 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3769 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3770 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3771 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3772 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3773 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3774 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3775 always-inserted mode. */
3777 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3778 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3779 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3780 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3786 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3788 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3790 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3791 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3793 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3794 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3796 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3797 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
3798 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3801 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3802 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3805 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3806 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3808 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3812 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3819 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
3821 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3822 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3824 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3825 This should not ever happen. */
3826 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3828 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3830 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3832 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
3835 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3838 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3840 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3842 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3843 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3847 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3848 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3850 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3853 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3854 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3855 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3860 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3862 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3863 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3865 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3867 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3870 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3872 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3874 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3880 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3882 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3883 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3886 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3888 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3890 case bp_shlib_event
:
3892 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3893 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3894 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3895 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3896 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3898 (gdb) file prog-linux
3899 (gdb) run # native linux target
3902 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3903 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3906 case bp_step_resume
:
3908 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3910 case bp_single_step
:
3912 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3914 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3918 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3919 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3920 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3922 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3924 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3925 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3926 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3929 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
3930 valid. New ones will be created in
3931 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
3932 The next update_global_location_list call will
3933 garbage collect them. */
3936 if (context
== inf_starting
)
3938 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3939 insert_breakpoints. */
3940 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
3951 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3952 for (bp_location
*bl
: moribund_locations
)
3953 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3954 moribund_locations
.clear ();
3957 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3958 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3959 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3960 match, not program space. */
3962 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3963 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3964 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3965 permanent breakpoint.
3966 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3967 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3968 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3969 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3970 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3972 enum breakpoint_here
3973 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3975 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3976 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3978 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3980 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3981 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3984 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3985 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3987 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3989 if (overlay_debugging
3990 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3991 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3992 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3993 else if (bl
->permanent
)
3994 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3996 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4000 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4003 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4006 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4007 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4009 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4011 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4013 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4014 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4017 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4019 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4022 if (overlay_debugging
4023 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4024 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4026 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4037 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4040 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4042 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
4043 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4049 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4053 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4054 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4057 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4060 if (overlay_debugging
4061 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4062 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4063 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4070 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4073 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4075 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4077 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4079 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4081 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4082 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4085 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4091 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4095 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4098 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4100 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4102 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4104 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4107 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4114 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4117 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4120 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4122 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4124 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4126 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4129 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4137 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4138 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4140 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4142 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4144 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4146 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4147 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4150 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4153 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4154 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4158 /* Check for intersection. */
4159 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4160 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4169 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4173 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4175 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4178 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4181 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4183 if (bp_location_at
!= NULL
)
4184 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at
);
4187 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4188 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4191 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4208 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats
&other
)
4210 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4211 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4212 commands (other
.commands
),
4213 print (other
.print
),
4215 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4217 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4218 old_val
= release_value (value_copy (other
.old_val
.get ()));
4219 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at
);
4222 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4223 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4226 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4230 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4235 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4237 tmp
= new bpstats (*bs
);
4240 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4250 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4253 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4258 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4260 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4266 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4269 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4271 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4273 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4275 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4277 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4282 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4291 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4292 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4293 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4294 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4296 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4297 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4299 Return 1 otherwise. */
4302 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4304 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4307 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4309 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4310 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4311 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4312 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4313 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4315 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4317 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4321 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4324 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4328 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
4331 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4332 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4334 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4335 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4339 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4342 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4344 if (inferior_ptid
!= null_ptid
)
4346 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4348 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4349 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4350 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4351 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4352 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4356 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4359 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4360 or its equivalent. */
4363 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4365 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4368 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4369 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4370 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4371 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4373 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4374 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4375 bpstat of the current thread. */
4378 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4383 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4385 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4388 scoped_restore save_executing
4389 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4391 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4393 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4396 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4397 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4399 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4401 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4403 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4404 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4405 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4406 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4407 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4408 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4409 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4410 the tree when we're done. */
4411 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4412 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4415 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4417 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4423 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4425 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4431 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4433 if (current_ui
->async
)
4434 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4435 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4436 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4439 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4440 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4441 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4442 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4443 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4444 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4445 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4446 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4447 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4448 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4449 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4450 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4451 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4459 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4460 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4462 static thread_info
*
4463 get_bpstat_thread ()
4465 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution
)
4468 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4469 if (tp
->state
== THREAD_EXITED
|| tp
->executing
)
4475 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4477 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4480 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4481 while ((tp
= get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL
)
4483 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4484 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4485 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4486 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4487 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4491 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4494 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4497 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4500 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4503 struct value_print_options opts
;
4504 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4505 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4509 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4510 debugging multiple threads. */
4513 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4515 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4520 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4523 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4525 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4526 uiout
->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4528 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4531 uiout
->text (" \"");
4532 uiout
->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name
);
4536 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4540 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4541 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4542 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4543 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4546 static enum print_stop_action
4547 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4549 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4552 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4553 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4557 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4558 relevant messages. */
4559 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4562 case print_it_normal
:
4564 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4566 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4567 which has since been deleted. */
4569 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4571 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4572 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4577 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4578 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4583 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4586 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4588 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4589 bool any_added
= !current_program_space
->added_solibs
.empty ();
4593 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4594 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4596 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4597 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4600 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4601 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4602 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4606 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4607 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4608 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4610 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4613 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4614 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4615 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4621 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4622 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4624 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
4627 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4629 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4630 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4635 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4636 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4637 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4638 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4639 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4640 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4641 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4644 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4645 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4646 code to print the location. An example is
4647 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4649 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4650 to also print the location part of the message.
4651 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4652 don't require a location appended to the end.
4653 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4654 further info to be printed. */
4656 enum print_stop_action
4657 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4659 enum print_stop_action val
;
4661 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4662 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4663 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4664 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4665 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4667 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4668 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4669 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4670 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4674 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4675 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4676 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4677 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4679 print_solib_event (0);
4680 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4683 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4684 with and nothing was printed. */
4685 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4688 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4691 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4693 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4694 bool res
= value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4696 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4700 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4702 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4704 bp_location_at (bl
),
4705 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4709 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4711 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4712 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4713 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4718 bp_location_at (NULL
),
4719 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4723 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4727 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4728 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4731 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4733 bool stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4735 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4737 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4739 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4740 as not triggered. */
4742 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4744 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4746 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4752 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_top_target (), &addr
))
4754 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4755 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4757 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4759 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4761 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4767 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4768 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4772 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4774 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4775 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4777 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4778 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4780 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4782 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4783 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4785 if (newaddr
== start
)
4787 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4791 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4792 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (current_top_target (),
4796 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4805 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4806 enum wp_check_result
4808 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4811 /* The value has changed. */
4812 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
4814 /* The value has not changed. */
4815 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
4817 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4821 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4822 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4824 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4827 static wp_check_result
4828 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs
)
4830 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4831 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4832 int within_current_scope
;
4834 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4835 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4836 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4838 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4839 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4840 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4841 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4844 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4845 within_current_scope
= 1;
4848 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4849 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4850 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4852 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4853 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4854 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4855 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4856 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4857 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4858 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4859 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4860 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4861 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4864 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4865 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4867 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4868 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4869 if (within_current_scope
)
4871 struct symbol
*function
;
4873 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4874 if (function
== NULL
4875 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4876 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4877 within_current_scope
= 0;
4880 if (within_current_scope
)
4881 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4882 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4887 if (within_current_scope
)
4889 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4890 time before we return to the command level and call
4891 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4892 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4896 struct value
*new_val
;
4898 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4899 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4900 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4901 a mask watchpoint. */
4902 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4904 mark
= value_mark ();
4905 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
4907 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
4908 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
4910 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4911 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4912 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4913 not what we want. */
4914 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4915 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
4918 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4919 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
4921 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4922 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4923 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4927 /* Nothing changed. */
4928 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4929 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4934 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4935 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4936 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4937 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4938 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4939 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4940 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4941 the first value assigned). */
4942 /* We print all the stop information in
4943 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4944 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4945 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4948 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4950 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4952 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4954 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4955 uiout
->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
4956 uiout
->field_int ("wpnum", b
->number
);
4957 uiout
->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
4958 "which its expression is valid.\n");
4961 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4963 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4969 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4970 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4971 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4974 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4975 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4976 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4978 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4980 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4981 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4983 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4986 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4987 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4990 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4992 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4993 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4995 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4996 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4997 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4998 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4999 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5002 int must_check_value
= 0;
5004 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5005 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5007 must_check_value
= 1;
5008 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5009 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5010 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5012 must_check_value
= 1;
5013 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5014 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5015 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5016 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5017 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5018 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5019 must_check_value
= 1;
5021 if (must_check_value
)
5027 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
5029 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
5031 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5032 "Error evaluating expression "
5033 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5036 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5038 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5041 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5049 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5050 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5054 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5057 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5058 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5060 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5062 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5063 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5064 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5065 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5066 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5067 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5068 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5071 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5072 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5075 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5076 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5077 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5078 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5080 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5081 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5082 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5085 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5086 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5087 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5088 changes. This still gives false positives when
5089 the program writes the same value to memory as
5090 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5091 it for a read), but it's much better than
5094 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5096 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5098 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5100 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5101 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5102 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5104 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5105 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5107 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5108 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5110 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5116 if (other_write_watchpoint
5117 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5119 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5120 and the value changed since the last time we
5121 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5123 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5128 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5129 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5130 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5132 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5133 the value hasn't changed. */
5134 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5144 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5146 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5147 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5148 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5149 anything for this watchpoint. */
5150 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5156 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5157 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5158 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5159 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5162 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, thread_info
*thread
)
5164 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5165 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5167 bool condition_result
= true;
5168 struct expression
*cond
;
5170 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5172 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5173 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5174 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5175 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5176 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5178 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5179 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5180 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5182 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5183 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5189 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5190 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5192 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread
->global_num
)
5193 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (thread
)))
5199 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5201 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5203 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5205 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5207 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5210 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5212 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5214 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5215 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5217 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5218 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5219 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5220 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5222 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5224 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5225 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5229 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5230 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5231 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5232 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5233 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5235 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5236 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5239 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5241 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5242 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5243 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5244 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5245 really matter which instantiation of the function
5246 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5247 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5248 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5249 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5250 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5251 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5252 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5253 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5255 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5257 select_frame (frame
);
5259 within_current_scope
= 0;
5261 if (within_current_scope
)
5265 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5267 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
5269 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5270 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5276 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5277 "in the current scope"));
5278 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5279 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5281 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5282 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5285 if (cond
&& !condition_result
)
5289 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5293 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5295 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5299 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5300 on the current target. */
5303 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5305 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5306 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5307 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5308 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5311 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5314 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5315 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5317 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5318 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5322 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5325 for (bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5327 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5328 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5329 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5330 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5331 checked all locations already. */
5332 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5335 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5338 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5341 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5344 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5347 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5348 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5349 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5353 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5354 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5355 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5357 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5359 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5361 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5366 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5367 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5368 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5370 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
5372 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5373 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5375 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (loc
, &bs_link
);
5376 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5379 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5387 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5390 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5391 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, thread_info
*thread
,
5392 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
,
5395 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5396 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5397 bpstat bs_head
= stop_chain
;
5399 int need_remove_insert
;
5402 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5403 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5404 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5405 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5406 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5407 inferior function calls. */
5408 if (bs_head
== NULL
)
5409 bs_head
= build_bpstat_chain (aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5411 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5412 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5413 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5415 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5417 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5419 handle_solib_event ();
5424 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5425 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5426 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5430 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5435 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5436 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5439 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, thread
);
5444 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5446 /* We will stop here. */
5447 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5449 --(b
->enable_count
);
5450 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5451 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5456 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5457 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5458 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5461 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5466 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5468 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5469 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5472 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5473 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5474 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5476 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5477 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5478 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5480 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5481 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5483 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5485 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5486 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5489 if (need_remove_insert
)
5490 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5491 else if (removed_any
)
5492 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5498 handle_jit_event (void)
5500 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5501 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5504 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5506 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5507 breakpoint_re_set. */
5508 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5510 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5511 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5513 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5515 target_terminal::inferior ();
5518 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5520 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5523 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5525 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5528 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5529 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5530 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5532 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5534 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5535 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5536 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5539 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5541 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5542 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5546 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5553 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5554 case bp_single_step
:
5557 case bp_shlib_event
:
5561 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5563 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5566 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5569 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5570 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5571 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5575 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5577 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5581 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5582 This requires no further action. */
5586 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5590 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5591 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5594 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5596 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5597 case bp_exception_resume
:
5600 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5601 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5604 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5606 case bp_step_resume
:
5608 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5611 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5612 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5615 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5617 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5620 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5621 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5624 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5625 case bp_thread_event
:
5626 case bp_overlay_event
:
5627 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5628 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5629 case bp_exception_master
:
5630 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5636 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5638 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5642 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5643 This requires no further action. */
5647 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5650 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5651 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5652 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5653 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5655 case bp_std_terminate
:
5656 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5657 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5658 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5659 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5662 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5663 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5664 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5665 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5667 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5668 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5670 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5671 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5672 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5674 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5675 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5676 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5677 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5682 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5684 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5688 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5689 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5692 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5699 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5703 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5705 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5712 handle_jit_event ();
5714 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5715 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5717 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5718 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5724 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5725 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5726 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5729 bpstat_should_step (void)
5731 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5734 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5740 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5742 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5751 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5752 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5753 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5756 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5758 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5759 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5763 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5765 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5767 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5768 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5769 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5774 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5780 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5781 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5783 "host": Host evals condition.
5784 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5785 "target": Target evals condition.
5789 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5791 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5792 char host_evals
= 0;
5793 char target_evals
= 0;
5798 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5801 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5802 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5803 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5805 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5807 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5813 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5814 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5815 else if (target_evals
)
5816 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5818 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5821 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5822 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5825 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5827 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5830 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5831 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5832 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5834 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5835 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5837 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5840 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5843 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5844 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5846 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5848 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
5850 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5854 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5856 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5857 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5858 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5860 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
5864 uiout
->text ("in ");
5865 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5867 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5868 uiout
->text ("at ");
5870 uiout
->field_string ("file",
5871 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
5874 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5875 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5877 uiout
->field_int ("line", loc
->line_number
);
5883 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
5885 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
5889 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
5890 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5891 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5892 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5893 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5894 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
5896 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
5900 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
5904 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5905 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5906 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5909 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5910 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5916 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5918 struct ep_type_description
5921 const char *description
;
5923 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5925 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5926 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5927 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5928 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
5929 {bp_until
, "until"},
5930 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5931 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5932 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5933 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5934 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5935 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5936 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5937 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5938 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5939 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5940 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5941 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5942 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5943 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5944 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5945 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5946 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5947 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5948 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5949 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5950 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5951 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5952 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5953 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5954 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5955 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5956 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5957 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5958 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5961 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5962 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5963 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5964 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5967 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5970 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5971 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5974 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5975 const char *field_name
,
5976 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
5979 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
5981 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5982 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5983 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5986 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
5988 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
5994 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
5995 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6000 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6004 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
6009 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6012 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6013 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6015 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6018 struct command_line
*l
;
6019 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6021 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6022 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6023 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6024 struct value_print_options opts
;
6026 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6028 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6029 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6030 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6033 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6034 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6042 if (part_of_multiple
)
6045 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6046 uiout
->field_string ("number", formatted
);
6051 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
6056 if (part_of_multiple
)
6057 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6059 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6063 if (part_of_multiple
)
6064 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6066 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6071 if (part_of_multiple
)
6072 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6074 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6079 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6081 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6082 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6083 make sure there's just one location. */
6084 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6085 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6091 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6092 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6096 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6097 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6098 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6100 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6102 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6103 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6104 is relatively readable). */
6105 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6106 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6108 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6113 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6114 case bp_single_step
:
6118 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6119 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6121 case bp_exception_resume
:
6122 case bp_step_resume
:
6123 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6124 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6126 case bp_std_terminate
:
6127 case bp_shlib_event
:
6128 case bp_thread_event
:
6129 case bp_overlay_event
:
6130 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6131 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6132 case bp_exception_master
:
6134 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6135 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6138 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6139 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6140 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6143 if (header_of_multiple
)
6144 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6145 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6146 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6148 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6149 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6152 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6153 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6160 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6162 struct inferior
*inf
;
6163 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6168 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6169 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6172 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6173 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6175 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6176 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6177 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6178 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6179 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6180 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6182 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6185 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6187 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6189 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6190 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6191 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6192 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6194 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6196 uiout
->text (" task ");
6197 uiout
->field_int ("task", b
->task
);
6203 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6204 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6206 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6209 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6210 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6212 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6213 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6217 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6220 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6221 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6223 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6224 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6226 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6227 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6228 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6229 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6230 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6233 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6234 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6235 uiout
->text (" evals)");
6240 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6242 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6243 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6244 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6245 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6248 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6250 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6255 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6259 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6260 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6261 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6262 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6263 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6265 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6266 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6267 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6268 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6269 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6271 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6275 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6276 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6277 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6281 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6284 uiout
->text ("\tignore next ");
6285 uiout
->field_int ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6286 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6289 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6290 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6291 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6292 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6295 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6296 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6297 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6298 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6299 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6301 uiout
->text ("next ");
6302 uiout
->field_int ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6303 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6306 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6308 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6310 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6312 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6313 uiout
->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6314 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6318 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6319 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6322 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6323 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6326 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6328 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6330 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6332 annotate_field (10);
6333 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6334 uiout
->field_int ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6335 uiout
->text (" \n");
6338 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6340 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6342 annotate_field (11);
6344 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6345 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6346 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6352 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6353 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6358 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6360 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6362 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6364 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6366 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6367 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6368 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6369 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6374 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6375 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6378 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6381 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "bkpt");
6383 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6386 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6387 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6388 locations, if any. */
6389 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6391 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6392 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6393 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6396 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6397 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6399 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6400 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6402 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6405 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6407 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6408 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6415 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6417 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6418 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6420 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6421 address to print. */
6422 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6425 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6429 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6430 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6431 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6434 return print_address_bits
;
6437 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6440 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6442 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6443 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6446 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6447 internal or momentary. */
6450 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6452 return b
->number
> 0;
6455 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6458 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6460 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6463 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6464 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6465 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6466 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6467 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6468 breakpoints listed. */
6471 breakpoint_1 (const char *args
, int allflag
,
6472 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6474 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6475 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6476 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6477 struct value_print_options opts
;
6478 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6479 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6480 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6482 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6484 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6485 required for address fields. */
6486 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6489 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6490 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6493 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6494 accept. Skip the others. */
6495 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6497 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6499 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6503 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6505 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6507 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6508 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6509 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6511 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6512 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6513 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6515 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6520 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6521 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6522 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6525 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6526 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6527 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6529 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6530 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6532 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6533 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6535 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6536 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6538 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6539 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6541 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6543 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6544 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6546 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6548 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6550 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6551 uiout
->table_body ();
6552 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6553 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6558 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6559 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6562 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6563 accept. Skip the others. */
6565 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6567 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6569 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6572 else /* all others */
6574 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6578 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6580 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6581 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6585 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6587 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6591 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6592 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6594 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6600 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6601 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6604 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6605 there have been breakpoints? */
6606 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6608 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6611 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6612 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6615 default_collect_info (void)
6617 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6619 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6620 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6622 if (!*default_collect
)
6625 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6627 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6628 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6629 uiout
->text (" \n");
6633 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6635 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6637 default_collect_info ();
6641 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6643 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6644 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6646 if (num_printed
== 0)
6648 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6649 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6651 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6656 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6658 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6660 default_collect_info ();
6664 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6665 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6666 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6668 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6670 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6672 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6673 && bl
->address
== pc
6674 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6680 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6681 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6685 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6686 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6687 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6690 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6693 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6694 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6698 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6699 else /* if (others == ???) */
6700 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6702 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6705 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6706 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6707 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6708 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6709 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6710 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6711 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6712 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6716 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6718 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6719 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6720 printf_filtered (".\n");
6725 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6726 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
6727 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
6728 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6730 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6731 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
6732 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6733 breakpoint location at address zero:
6741 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6743 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6745 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6748 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6749 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6752 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6753 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6755 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6756 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6758 /* Both of them must exist. */
6759 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6760 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6762 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6763 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6764 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6765 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6766 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6767 other watchpoint. */
6769 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6771 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6772 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
6774 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6776 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6777 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
6780 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6781 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6782 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6783 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6784 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6785 become hw_access locations later. */
6786 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6787 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6788 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6789 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6792 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6795 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6796 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6798 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6799 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6803 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6804 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6805 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6806 space doesn't really matter. */
6809 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
6811 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
6814 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6815 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6816 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6819 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6820 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6821 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6822 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6825 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6826 const address_space
*aspace
,
6829 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6832 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6833 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6837 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6838 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6839 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6840 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6841 doesn't really matter. */
6844 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6845 const address_space
*aspace
,
6846 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
6848 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6849 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
6851 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
6853 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
6859 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6860 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6861 true, otherwise returns false. */
6864 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6865 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6867 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6868 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6869 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6870 different locations. */
6871 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6876 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6877 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6878 represent the same location. */
6881 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6882 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6884 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6886 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6887 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6888 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6890 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6891 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6893 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6896 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6897 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6898 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6900 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6901 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6902 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6903 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6907 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6908 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6910 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6911 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6915 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6916 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6918 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6919 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6921 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6924 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6925 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6926 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6927 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6930 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6931 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6933 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6934 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6935 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6936 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6937 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6939 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6940 have their addresses modified. */
6943 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
6945 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6946 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6947 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6948 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6949 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6950 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6955 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
6957 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6959 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6960 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6961 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6964 adjusted_bpaddr
= address_significant (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
6966 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6967 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6969 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6970 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6972 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6976 bp_location::bp_location (const bp_location_ops
*ops
, breakpoint
*owner
)
6978 bp_location
*loc
= this;
6980 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6984 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6985 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6988 switch (owner
->type
)
6991 case bp_single_step
:
6995 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6996 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6998 case bp_exception_resume
:
6999 case bp_step_resume
:
7000 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7001 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7003 case bp_std_terminate
:
7004 case bp_shlib_event
:
7005 case bp_thread_event
:
7006 case bp_overlay_event
:
7008 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7009 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7010 case bp_exception_master
:
7011 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7012 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7014 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7015 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7017 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7018 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7019 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7021 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7022 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7023 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7024 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7029 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7030 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7031 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7034 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7040 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7042 static struct bp_location
*
7043 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7045 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7049 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7051 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7055 /* Increment reference count. */
7058 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7063 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7064 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7067 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7069 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7071 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7072 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7076 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7079 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7081 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7082 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7084 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7085 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7087 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7089 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7094 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7100 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7103 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7104 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7106 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7108 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7112 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7113 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7114 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7115 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7118 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7119 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7121 static struct breakpoint
*
7122 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7124 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7126 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7128 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7129 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7132 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7133 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7137 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7139 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7141 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7142 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7143 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7145 const char *function_name
;
7147 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7148 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7149 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
)
7152 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7154 function_name
= MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (loc
->msymbol
);
7156 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7157 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7159 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7160 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7161 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7162 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7164 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7168 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7171 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7175 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7177 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7180 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7182 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7187 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7188 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7189 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7191 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7192 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7193 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7196 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7197 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7198 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7200 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7202 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7204 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7205 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7207 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7208 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7210 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7211 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7214 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7215 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7216 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7217 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7218 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7219 is also returned as the value of this function.
7221 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7222 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7223 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7224 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7225 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7226 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7227 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7230 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7231 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7232 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7234 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7236 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7237 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7240 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7241 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7242 initiated the operation. */
7245 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7247 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7248 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7250 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7251 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7252 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7253 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7254 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7255 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7256 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7257 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7259 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7260 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7262 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7263 after their removal. */
7264 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7265 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7266 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7269 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7272 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7274 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7276 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7278 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7279 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7281 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7282 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7287 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7289 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7291 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7292 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7294 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7295 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7299 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7300 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7301 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7305 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7307 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7310 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7312 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7314 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7315 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7317 new_b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
7319 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7321 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7324 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7325 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7326 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7327 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7333 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7334 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7337 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7338 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7342 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7344 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7346 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7347 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7349 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7351 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7352 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7353 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7354 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7357 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
);
7359 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7361 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7362 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7363 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7365 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7370 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7372 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7375 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7377 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7378 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7379 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7384 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7386 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7389 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7391 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7392 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7393 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7397 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7398 master breakpoint. */
7400 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7402 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7404 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7405 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7406 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7408 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7409 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7413 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7415 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7417 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7419 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7420 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7421 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7425 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7427 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7429 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7430 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7432 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7433 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7434 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7436 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7441 struct lang_and_radix
7447 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7450 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7452 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7453 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7456 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7459 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7461 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7463 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7464 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7465 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7466 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7470 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7472 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7474 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7475 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7476 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7477 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7480 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7483 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7485 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7487 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7488 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7489 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7490 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7493 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7494 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7495 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7497 static struct breakpoint
*
7498 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7499 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7501 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7503 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7504 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7505 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7510 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7512 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7515 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7518 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7520 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7522 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7524 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7525 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7527 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7533 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7534 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7537 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7539 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7541 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7543 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7544 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7546 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7547 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7548 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7549 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7550 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7551 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7552 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7553 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7554 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7555 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7556 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7557 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7560 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7565 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7566 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7567 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7570 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7572 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7573 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7575 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7577 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7578 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7580 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7581 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7582 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7583 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7584 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7585 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7586 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7587 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7588 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7590 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7591 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7592 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7593 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7596 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7597 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7599 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7601 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7602 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7603 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7606 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7611 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7612 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7613 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7616 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7618 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7620 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7623 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7624 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7625 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7626 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7627 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7628 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7629 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7630 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7631 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7632 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7634 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7635 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7640 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7641 int bp_modified
= 0;
7643 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7646 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7648 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7650 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7651 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7654 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7657 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7660 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7661 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7664 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7666 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7667 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7668 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7669 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7670 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7673 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7680 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7684 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7686 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7687 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7688 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7690 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7692 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7693 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7694 catchpoint has triggered. */
7695 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7698 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7702 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7704 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7707 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7711 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7713 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7716 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7720 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7721 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7722 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7724 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7726 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7729 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7733 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7736 static enum print_stop_action
7737 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7739 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7740 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7741 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7743 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7744 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7745 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7746 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7748 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7749 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7751 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7752 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7754 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7755 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
7756 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7757 uiout
->text ("), ");
7758 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7761 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7765 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7767 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7768 struct value_print_options opts
;
7769 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7771 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7773 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7774 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7776 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7777 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7779 uiout
->text ("fork");
7780 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7782 uiout
->text (", process ");
7783 uiout
->field_int ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7787 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7788 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7791 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7795 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7797 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7800 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7804 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7806 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7807 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7810 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7812 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7814 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7818 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7820 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7823 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7827 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7829 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7832 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7836 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7837 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7838 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7840 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7842 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7845 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7849 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7852 static enum print_stop_action
7853 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7855 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7856 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7857 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7859 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7860 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7861 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7862 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7864 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7865 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7867 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7868 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7870 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7871 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
7872 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7873 uiout
->text ("), ");
7874 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7877 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7881 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7883 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7884 struct value_print_options opts
;
7885 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7887 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7888 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7889 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7891 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7892 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7894 uiout
->text ("vfork");
7895 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7897 uiout
->text (", process ");
7898 uiout
->field_int ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7902 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7903 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7906 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7910 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7912 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7915 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7919 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7921 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7922 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7925 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7927 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7929 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7930 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7931 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7933 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7935 ~solib_catchpoint () override
;
7937 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7938 unsigned char is_load
;
7940 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7941 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7943 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
7946 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7948 xfree (this->regex
);
7952 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7958 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7964 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7965 const address_space
*aspace
,
7967 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7969 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7970 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7972 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7975 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7977 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7979 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7982 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7985 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
7988 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7990 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7999 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8001 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8002 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8006 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
8009 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8015 for (const std::string
&iter
: current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
)
8018 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
.c_str (), 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8024 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8027 static enum print_stop_action
8028 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8030 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8031 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8033 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8034 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8035 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8036 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8038 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8039 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8041 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8042 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8043 print_solib_event (1);
8044 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8048 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8050 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8051 struct value_print_options opts
;
8052 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8055 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8056 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8057 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8059 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8062 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8069 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8071 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8076 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8078 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8080 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8083 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8084 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8088 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8090 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8092 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8093 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8097 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8099 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8101 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8102 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8103 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8105 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8106 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8109 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8111 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8112 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8113 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8114 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8115 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8116 created in an enabled state. */
8119 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8121 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8125 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8127 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8131 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8132 _("Invalid regexp")));
8133 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8136 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8137 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8138 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8140 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8142 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8145 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8149 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8150 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8153 const int enabled
= 1;
8155 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8157 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8161 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8162 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8164 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8168 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8169 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8171 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8174 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8175 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8176 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8177 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8180 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8181 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8182 const char *cond_string
,
8183 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8185 symtab_and_line sal
;
8186 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8188 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8190 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8191 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8195 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8197 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8198 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8199 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8200 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8203 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
8206 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8210 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8211 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8212 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8214 std::unique_ptr
<fork_catchpoint
> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8216 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8218 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8220 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8223 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8225 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8226 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8227 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8229 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8231 ~exec_catchpoint () override
;
8233 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8234 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8236 char *exec_pathname
;
8239 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8241 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8243 xfree (this->exec_pathname
);
8247 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8249 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8253 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8255 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8259 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8260 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8261 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8263 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8265 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8268 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8272 static enum print_stop_action
8273 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8275 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8276 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8277 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8279 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8280 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8281 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8282 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8284 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8285 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8287 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8288 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8290 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8291 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8292 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8293 uiout
->text ("), ");
8295 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8299 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8301 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8302 struct value_print_options opts
;
8303 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8305 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8307 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8308 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8309 is relatively readable). */
8310 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8311 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8313 uiout
->text ("exec");
8314 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8316 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8317 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8318 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8321 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8322 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8326 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8328 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8331 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8335 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8337 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8338 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8341 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8344 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8347 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8348 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8352 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8353 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8355 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8357 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8364 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8368 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8371 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8373 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8376 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8378 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8380 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8386 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8387 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8388 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8389 types _not_ TYPE. */
8392 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8393 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8396 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8398 *other_type_used
= 0;
8403 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8406 if (b
->type
== type
)
8407 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8408 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8409 *other_type_used
= 1;
8416 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8418 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8422 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8424 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8425 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8431 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8433 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8437 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8439 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8440 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8446 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8448 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8449 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8453 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8455 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8456 breakpoint_re_set ();
8459 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8462 static struct breakpoint
*
8463 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8465 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8467 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8468 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8470 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8471 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8474 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8476 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8479 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8480 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8484 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8485 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8487 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8489 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8491 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8493 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8494 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8495 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8496 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8498 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
8500 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8502 return breakpoint_up (b
);
8505 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8506 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8507 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8509 static struct breakpoint
*
8510 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8512 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8515 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8517 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8518 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8519 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8521 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8522 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8523 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8524 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8525 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8526 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8527 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8528 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8529 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8530 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8531 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8532 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8534 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8535 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8536 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8538 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8542 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8546 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8548 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8552 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8556 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8559 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8561 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8563 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8564 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8566 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8570 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8573 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8575 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8576 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
8580 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8582 static struct bp_location
*
8583 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8584 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8586 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8587 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8588 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8590 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8591 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8593 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8594 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8595 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8596 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8597 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8598 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8599 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8602 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8603 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8604 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8605 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8610 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8611 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8612 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8613 loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
->prob
;
8614 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8615 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8616 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8617 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8618 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8619 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8620 loc
->symbol
= sal
->symbol
;
8621 loc
->msymbol
= sal
->msymbol
;
8622 loc
->objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8624 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8625 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8627 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8628 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8629 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8630 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8631 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8632 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8633 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8634 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8635 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8636 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8637 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8638 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8640 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8647 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8650 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
8654 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8655 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8658 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8660 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8664 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
8666 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8667 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8668 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8669 scoped_restore restore_memory
8670 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
8672 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8673 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8679 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8680 return 0 otherwise. */
8683 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8685 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8687 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
8688 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
8689 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8691 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
8694 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8695 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8696 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8699 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8700 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8703 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8705 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8706 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8711 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8713 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8715 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8717 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8719 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8720 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8722 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8723 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8724 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8726 if (!dprintf_function
)
8727 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8729 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8730 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8735 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8739 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8741 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8742 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8745 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8746 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8750 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8751 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8753 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8755 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8756 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
8757 = new struct command_line (simple_control
, printf_line
);
8758 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line
,
8759 command_lines_deleter ()));
8762 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8763 current style settings. */
8766 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8767 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8769 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8773 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8774 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8778 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8779 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8780 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8781 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8784 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8785 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8786 event_location_up
&&location
,
8787 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8788 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8789 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8790 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8791 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8792 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8793 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8794 int display_canonical
)
8798 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8800 int target_resources_ok
;
8802 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8803 target_resources_ok
=
8804 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8806 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8807 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8808 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8809 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8812 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8814 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8816 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8820 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8822 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8824 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8825 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8828 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
8830 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8834 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
.release ();
8835 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
.release ();
8836 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8837 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8838 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8840 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8841 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8843 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8845 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8846 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8848 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8850 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8851 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8853 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
8856 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8858 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8860 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8862 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8864 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8866 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8868 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8870 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8872 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8875 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8876 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8883 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8884 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8890 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
8892 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
8893 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
8895 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
8898 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8899 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8900 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8902 if (b
->extra_string
)
8903 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8905 error (_("Format string required"));
8907 else if (b
->extra_string
)
8908 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
8911 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
8912 if (location
!= NULL
)
8913 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
8915 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
8916 b
->filter
= filter
.release ();
8920 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8921 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8922 event_location_up
&&location
,
8923 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8924 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8925 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8926 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8927 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8928 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8929 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8930 int display_canonical
)
8932 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
8934 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
8935 sals
, std::move (location
),
8937 std::move (cond_string
),
8938 std::move (extra_string
),
8940 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8942 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8945 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
8948 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8949 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8950 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8951 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8952 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8953 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8954 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8955 we take just a single condition string.
8957 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8958 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8959 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8960 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8961 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8964 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8965 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8966 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8967 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8968 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8969 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8970 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8971 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
8973 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
8974 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
8976 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
8978 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8979 'break', without arguments. */
8980 event_location_up location
8981 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
8982 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
8983 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
8984 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
8986 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
8987 std::move (location
),
8988 std::move (filter_string
),
8989 std::move (cond_string
),
8990 std::move (extra_string
),
8992 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
8993 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8994 canonical
->special_display
);
8998 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8999 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9000 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9001 linespec locations).
9003 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9004 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9007 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9008 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9010 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9012 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9014 const char *spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9018 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9019 breakpoint address. */
9020 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9022 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9023 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9024 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9025 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9026 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9027 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
9028 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
9030 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9032 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9033 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9034 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9035 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9036 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9038 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9040 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9042 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9044 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
9048 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9052 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9053 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9054 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9055 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9057 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9058 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9059 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9060 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9062 const char *spec
= NULL
;
9064 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9065 spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9069 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
9072 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9073 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9074 get_last_displayed_line (),
9075 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9080 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9081 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9085 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9086 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9089 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
9091 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9092 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9095 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9096 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9097 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9098 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9099 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9103 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9104 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
9106 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9108 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9110 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9111 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9112 associated with SAL. */
9116 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
9117 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9118 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
9122 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9123 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9124 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9125 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9126 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9127 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9130 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9131 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9134 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9141 const char *end_tok
;
9143 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9144 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9146 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9148 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9150 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9154 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9156 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9158 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9160 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9161 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9163 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9165 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9168 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9171 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9173 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9174 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9177 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9182 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9184 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9185 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9186 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9191 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9195 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9199 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9201 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
9202 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9204 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9207 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9209 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9211 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
9213 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
9214 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
9215 if (markers
.empty ())
9216 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9217 marker_str
.c_str ());
9219 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
9220 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
9222 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
9224 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
9225 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
9226 sals
.push_back (sal
);
9233 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9236 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9237 const struct event_location
*location
,
9238 const char *cond_string
,
9239 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9241 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9243 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9244 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9245 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9248 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9249 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9252 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9254 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9256 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9257 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9258 extra_string
= NULL
;
9262 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9264 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9266 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9268 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9270 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9273 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9274 throw_exception (e
);
9276 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9278 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9279 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9280 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9281 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9282 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9285 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9286 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9287 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9288 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9292 throw_exception (e
);
9296 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9299 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9300 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9301 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9302 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9303 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9305 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9306 are ok for the target. */
9309 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9310 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9313 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9314 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9316 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9317 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9320 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9321 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9325 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9326 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9333 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9335 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9336 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9337 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9338 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9340 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
.sals
[0].pc
,
9341 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9342 cond_string_copy
.reset (cond
);
9343 extra_string_copy
.reset (rest
);
9347 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9348 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9349 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9351 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9353 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9354 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9356 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9359 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9360 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9361 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9363 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9364 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9365 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9369 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9371 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9372 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9375 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9378 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9379 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (cond_string
) : NULL
;
9383 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9384 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (extra_string
) : NULL
;
9385 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9386 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9387 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9388 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9389 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9390 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9391 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9393 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9396 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9398 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9399 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9400 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9403 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9405 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9407 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9408 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9413 /* Set a breakpoint.
9414 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9415 condition, and thread.
9416 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9417 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9421 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9423 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9424 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9425 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9427 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9429 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9431 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9432 if (location
!= NULL
9433 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9434 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9436 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9438 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9440 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9441 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9442 0 /* Ignore count */,
9443 pending_break_support
,
9451 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9454 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9458 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9460 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9461 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9462 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9465 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9466 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9467 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9468 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9471 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9473 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9474 const struct block
*b
;
9477 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9478 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9481 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9484 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9485 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9490 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9491 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9492 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9493 happen in assembly source). */
9495 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9496 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9498 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9500 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9507 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9509 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9513 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9515 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9519 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9521 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9525 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9527 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9531 stop_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9533 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9534 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9535 stop at <line>\n"));
9539 stopin_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9543 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9545 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9547 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9550 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9551 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9552 function/method name. */
9553 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9555 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9560 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9562 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9566 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9568 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9572 stopat_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9576 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9580 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9583 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9584 it is probably a line number. */
9585 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9587 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9592 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9594 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9598 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9600 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9603 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9604 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9605 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9609 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9611 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9613 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9614 the next character must be ','. */
9617 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9618 error (_("Format string required"));
9621 /* Skip the comma. */
9626 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9628 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9630 0 /* Ignore count */,
9631 pending_break_support
,
9632 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9640 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9642 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9645 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9646 ranged breakpoints. */
9649 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9650 const address_space
*aspace
,
9652 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9654 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9655 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9658 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9659 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9662 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9663 ranged breakpoints. */
9666 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9668 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9671 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9672 ranged breakpoints. */
9674 static enum print_stop_action
9675 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9677 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9678 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9679 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9681 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9683 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9684 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9686 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9688 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9690 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9691 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9693 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9694 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9696 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9697 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9698 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9700 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
9703 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9706 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9707 ranged breakpoints. */
9710 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9711 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9713 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9714 struct value_print_options opts
;
9715 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9717 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9718 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9720 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9722 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9723 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9724 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9725 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9727 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9731 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9732 ranged breakpoints. */
9735 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9736 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9738 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9739 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9744 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9745 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9747 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9748 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9749 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9750 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9751 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9755 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9756 ranged breakpoints. */
9759 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9761 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9762 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9765 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9767 uiout
->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9768 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9769 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9772 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9773 ranged breakpoints. */
9776 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9778 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9779 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
9780 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
9781 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9784 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9786 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9788 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9789 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9790 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9791 last instruction of the given line. */
9794 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9798 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9799 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9800 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9807 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9809 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9811 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9818 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9821 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9823 const char *arg_start
;
9824 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9825 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9827 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9829 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9830 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9831 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9833 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9834 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9835 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9838 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9840 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9841 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9842 error(_("No address range specified."));
9845 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9847 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
9850 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9851 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
9852 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9854 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
9856 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
9857 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
9858 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9860 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
9861 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9863 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9864 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9866 /* Parse the end location. */
9870 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9871 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9872 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9873 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9874 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9875 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9877 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9878 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
9879 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
9881 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
9882 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9884 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
9885 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
9886 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
9887 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9889 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
9891 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
9892 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
9893 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9895 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
9897 /* Length overflowed. */
9898 error (_("Address range too large."));
9899 else if (length
== 1)
9901 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9902 the `hbreak' command. */
9903 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
9908 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9909 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
9910 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
9911 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
9912 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
9913 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9914 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
9915 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
9916 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
9919 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
9920 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9923 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9924 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9925 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9929 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
9937 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9938 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
9941 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
9951 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
9952 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
9953 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
9954 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
9955 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
9957 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
9983 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
9986 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
9987 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
9992 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
9993 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
9994 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
9995 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
9996 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
9997 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
9998 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10000 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10001 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10006 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10008 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10009 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10010 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10011 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10013 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10014 are always constant. */
10016 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10018 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10019 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10020 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10025 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10026 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10027 then it is not a constant. */
10036 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10038 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10040 xfree (this->exp_string
);
10041 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse
);
10044 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10047 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10049 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10051 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10052 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10054 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10055 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10056 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10057 are loaded and unloaded.
10059 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10060 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10061 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10062 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10063 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10064 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10066 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10067 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10068 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10069 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10071 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10072 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10074 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10075 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10076 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10079 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10082 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10084 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10085 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10087 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10088 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10091 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10094 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10096 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10097 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10099 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10100 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10104 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10105 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10106 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10108 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10109 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10111 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10112 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10113 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10114 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10115 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10116 (did not match the data address). */
10117 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10118 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10125 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10127 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10129 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10132 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10133 hardware watchpoints. */
10136 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10138 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10139 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10141 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10144 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10145 hardware watchpoints. */
10148 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10150 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10151 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10154 static enum print_stop_action
10155 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10157 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10158 enum print_stop_action result
;
10159 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10160 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10162 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10164 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10165 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10167 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10168 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10172 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
10175 case bp_watchpoint
:
10176 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10177 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10178 uiout
->field_string
10179 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10181 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10182 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10183 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10184 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10185 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10186 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10187 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10188 uiout
->text ("\n");
10189 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10190 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10193 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10194 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10195 uiout
->field_string
10196 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10198 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10199 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10200 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10201 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10202 uiout
->text ("\n");
10203 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10206 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10207 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10209 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10210 uiout
->field_string
10212 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10214 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10215 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10216 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10217 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10218 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10223 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10224 uiout
->field_string
10226 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10227 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10228 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10230 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10231 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10232 uiout
->text ("\n");
10233 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10236 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10242 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10246 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10248 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10249 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10250 const char *tuple_name
;
10254 case bp_watchpoint
:
10255 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10256 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10258 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10259 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10260 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10262 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10263 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10264 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10266 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10267 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10268 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10271 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10272 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10275 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10276 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10277 uiout
->text (": ");
10278 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10281 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10285 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10287 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10291 case bp_watchpoint
:
10292 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10293 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10295 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10296 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10298 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10299 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10302 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10303 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10306 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10307 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10310 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10314 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10316 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10317 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10318 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10324 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10326 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10328 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10329 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10332 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10334 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10336 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10337 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10340 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10341 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10344 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10346 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10348 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10349 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10352 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10353 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10356 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10358 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10360 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10363 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10364 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10367 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10372 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10373 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10375 static enum print_stop_action
10376 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10378 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10379 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10381 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10382 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10384 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10385 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10389 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10390 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10391 uiout
->field_string
10392 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10395 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10396 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10397 uiout
->field_string
10398 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10401 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10402 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10403 uiout
->field_string
10405 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10408 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10409 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10413 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10414 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10415 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10416 uiout
->text ("\n");
10418 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10419 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10422 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10423 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10426 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10427 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10429 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10431 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10432 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10434 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10435 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10436 uiout
->text ("\n");
10439 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10440 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10443 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10445 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10446 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10447 const char *tuple_name
;
10451 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10452 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10453 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10455 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10456 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10457 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10459 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10460 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10461 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10464 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10465 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10468 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10469 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10470 uiout
->text (": ");
10471 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10474 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10475 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10478 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10480 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10485 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10486 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10488 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10489 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10491 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10492 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10495 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10496 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10499 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10500 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10501 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10504 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10506 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10508 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10511 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10513 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10516 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10517 hw_read: watch read,
10518 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10520 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10521 int just_location
, int internal
)
10523 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10524 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10525 struct value
*mark
, *result
;
10526 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10527 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10528 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10529 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10531 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10532 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10533 enum bptype bp_type
;
10536 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10537 the hardware watchpoint. */
10539 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10541 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10542 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10544 const char *value_start
;
10546 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10548 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10549 of the arguments string. */
10550 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10552 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10553 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10556 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10557 This is the value of the parameter. */
10558 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10560 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10562 /* Skip whitespace. */
10563 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10568 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10569 This is the parameter itself. */
10570 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10573 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10575 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10577 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10578 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10579 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10580 only in a specific thread. */
10584 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10586 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10587 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10589 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10590 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10591 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10593 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10595 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10597 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10598 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10600 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10603 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10605 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10607 mark
= value_mark ();
10608 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10609 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10610 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10613 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10616 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10617 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10624 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10625 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10627 innermost_block
.reset ();
10628 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10629 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10630 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10632 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10633 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10635 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10638 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10639 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10643 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10644 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10646 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10649 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
.block ();
10650 mark
= value_mark ();
10651 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10652 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10655 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10657 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val_as_value
);
10658 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val_as_value
);
10666 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10667 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10668 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10672 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10675 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10676 else if (ret
== -2)
10677 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10680 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10681 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10683 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10684 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10686 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10687 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10689 innermost_block
.reset ();
10690 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10691 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
10693 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10694 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10695 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
.block ();
10700 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10702 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10704 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10706 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10708 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10709 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10710 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10711 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10712 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10714 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10716 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10718 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10719 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10722 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10723 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10724 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10726 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10729 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10731 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10732 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10734 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10735 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10737 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10738 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10739 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10740 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10741 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10742 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10743 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10747 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10748 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10749 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10750 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10752 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10753 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10754 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10755 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10757 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10759 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
10762 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10763 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10765 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10766 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10767 w
->thread
= thread
;
10768 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10769 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10770 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10771 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10772 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10775 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
.get ());
10776 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10778 w
->exp_string_reparse
10779 = current_language
->la_watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
10781 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10782 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10785 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
10789 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10794 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10795 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10800 w
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
10802 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10804 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10806 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10807 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10811 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10812 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10815 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10817 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10818 need to act on them together. */
10819 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10820 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
10823 if (!just_location
)
10824 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10826 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10827 that should be inserted. */
10828 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
10830 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
10833 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10834 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10837 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
10839 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10841 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10842 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10845 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
10846 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
10848 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10849 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10850 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10851 hardware watchpoint.
10853 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10854 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10855 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10856 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10857 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10858 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10859 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10860 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10861 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10863 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10864 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10865 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10866 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10867 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
10869 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
10871 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
10873 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
10874 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10875 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10876 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10877 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10878 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10882 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10883 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10884 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
10886 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10887 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10888 middle of some value chain. */
10890 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10891 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10893 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
10897 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10898 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10899 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
10901 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10905 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10909 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
10910 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
10911 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10912 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
10913 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10916 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10917 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10918 return found_memory_cnt
;
10922 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10924 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10927 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10928 calls watch_command_1. */
10931 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10933 int just_location
= 0;
10936 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10937 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10939 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10943 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
10947 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10949 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
10953 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10955 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10959 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10961 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
10965 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10967 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10971 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10973 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
10977 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
10978 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
10981 struct until_break_fsm
10983 /* The base class. */
10984 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
10986 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
10989 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
10990 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
10992 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
10994 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
10997 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
10998 struct thread_info
*thread
);
10999 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11000 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11001 static enum async_reply_reason
11002 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11004 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11006 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11009 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11010 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11011 NULL
, /* return_value */
11012 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11015 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11017 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11018 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11019 breakpoint_up
&&location_breakpoint
,
11020 breakpoint_up
&&caller_breakpoint
)
11022 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11024 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11025 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
, cmd_interp
);
11027 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11028 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
.release ();
11029 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
.release ();
11034 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11035 until(location)/advance commands. */
11038 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11039 struct thread_info
*tp
)
11041 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11043 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11044 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11045 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11046 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11047 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11048 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11053 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11054 until(location)/advance commands. */
11057 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11058 struct thread_info
*thread
)
11060 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11062 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11063 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11065 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11066 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11068 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11070 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11071 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11073 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11076 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11077 until(location)/advance commands. */
11079 static enum async_reply_reason
11080 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11082 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11086 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11088 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11089 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11090 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11091 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11092 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11094 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11095 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11097 clear_proceed_status (0);
11099 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11102 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11104 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11105 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11106 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11107 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11108 get_last_displayed_line ())
11109 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11110 NULL
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0));
11112 if (sals
.size () != 1)
11113 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11115 symtab_and_line
&sal
= sals
[0];
11118 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11120 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11122 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11123 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11125 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11127 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11128 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11129 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11132 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11133 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11134 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11135 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11137 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11140 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
;
11141 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11143 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11144 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11146 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11147 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11148 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11149 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11154 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11155 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11158 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11161 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
;
11163 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11164 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11165 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11166 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11168 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11169 only at the very same frame. */
11170 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11171 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11173 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11174 std::move (location_breakpoint
),
11175 std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
11176 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11178 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11180 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11183 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11184 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11186 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11187 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11188 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11189 if clause in the arg string. */
11192 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11194 const char *cond_string
;
11196 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11199 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11202 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11203 condition string. */
11204 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11205 cond_string
= *arg
;
11207 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11209 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11211 return cond_string
;
11214 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11215 process start/exit, etc. */
11219 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11220 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11225 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11226 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11228 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11229 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11230 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11233 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11234 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11235 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11239 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11241 /* The allowed syntax is:
11243 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11245 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11246 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11248 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11249 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11251 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11252 and enable reporting of such events. */
11255 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11256 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11257 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11258 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11260 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11261 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11262 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11263 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11266 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11272 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11273 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11275 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11277 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11279 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11283 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11285 /* The allowed syntax is:
11287 catch exec if <cond>
11289 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11290 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11292 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11293 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11295 std::unique_ptr
<exec_catchpoint
> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11296 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11297 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11298 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11300 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
11304 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11305 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11306 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11307 const char *addr_string
,
11308 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11315 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11317 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11319 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11320 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11321 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11322 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11323 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11324 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11325 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11326 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11327 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11328 enough for now, though. */
11331 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11333 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11334 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11335 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11336 language_def (language_ada
));
11337 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11341 catch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11343 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11348 tcatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11350 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11353 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11356 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11358 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
11359 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
11361 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
11363 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
11366 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11370 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11373 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11376 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11378 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11381 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
11382 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
11383 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
11387 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11388 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11389 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11391 sals
= decoded_sals
;
11395 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11396 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11397 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11398 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
11399 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
11400 error (_("No source file specified."));
11406 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11407 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11408 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11409 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11411 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11412 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11413 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11414 due to optimization, all in one block.
11416 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11417 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11418 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11419 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11420 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11421 to support that. */
11423 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11424 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11425 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11428 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
11429 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
11431 const char *sal_fullname
;
11433 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11434 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11435 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11438 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11443 1 0 <can't happen> */
11445 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11446 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11448 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11449 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11452 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11453 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11455 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11456 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11458 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11459 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11460 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11462 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11463 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11464 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11465 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11466 int line_match
= 0;
11468 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11469 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11470 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11471 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11472 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11473 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11474 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11477 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11486 found
.push_back (b
);
11490 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11491 if (found
.empty ())
11494 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11496 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11499 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11500 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11501 [] (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11503 return compare_breakpoints (a
, b
) < 0;
11505 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11506 [] (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11508 return compare_breakpoints (a
, b
) == 0;
11512 if (found
.size () > 1)
11513 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11516 if (found
.size () == 1)
11517 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11519 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11522 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
11525 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter
->number
);
11526 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
11529 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11532 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11533 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11534 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11537 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11539 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11541 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11542 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11543 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11545 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11547 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11549 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11550 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11554 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11555 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11556 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11557 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11558 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11559 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11562 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11564 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
11565 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
11567 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11568 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11570 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11571 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11574 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11575 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11576 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11578 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11579 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11580 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
11582 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11583 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11584 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11586 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11587 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11588 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11590 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11593 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11594 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11595 content of the bp_locations array. */
11598 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11600 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11602 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11603 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11605 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11607 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11609 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11612 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11613 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11615 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11616 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11617 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11618 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11620 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11622 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11623 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11624 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11625 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11629 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11632 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11634 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11635 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
11637 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
11639 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
11641 struct bp_location
*bl
;
11642 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11643 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
11645 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11646 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11647 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11650 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
11652 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11653 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
11655 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
11658 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
11661 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
11663 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11664 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11665 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11666 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11669 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11671 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11674 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
11676 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11677 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
11678 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
11679 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
11683 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11686 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11688 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11689 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11690 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11691 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11693 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11694 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11695 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11696 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11697 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11699 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11700 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11701 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11702 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11703 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11704 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11705 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11706 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11709 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11710 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11711 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11715 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11717 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
11718 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11719 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11722 address
= bl
->address
;
11723 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11725 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11726 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11727 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11729 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11730 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11733 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11734 the same program space as the location
11735 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11736 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11737 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
11741 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11742 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11745 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11746 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11747 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11748 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11749 that have already been marked. */
11750 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11752 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11754 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11757 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11758 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11759 locations are duplicate of which.
11761 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11762 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11766 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11768 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11769 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
11770 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11771 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11772 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11773 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11775 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11776 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11777 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11778 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11779 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11781 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11782 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11783 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11784 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11786 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11787 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11788 struct bp_location
**old_locp
;
11789 unsigned old_locations_count
;
11790 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<struct bp_location
*> old_locations (bp_locations
);
11792 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
11793 bp_locations
= NULL
;
11794 bp_locations_count
= 0;
11796 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11797 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11798 bp_locations_count
++;
11800 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
11801 locp
= bp_locations
;
11802 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11803 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11805 qsort (bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
, sizeof (*bp_locations
),
11806 bp_locations_compare
);
11808 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11810 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11811 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11812 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11813 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11814 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11817 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11818 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11820 locp
= bp_locations
;
11821 for (old_locp
= old_locations
.get ();
11822 old_locp
< old_locations
.get () + old_locations_count
;
11825 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
11826 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
11828 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11829 not, we have to free it. */
11830 int found_object
= 0;
11831 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11832 int keep_in_target
= 0;
11835 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11836 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11837 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11838 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11842 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11843 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11846 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11847 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11848 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11850 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11851 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11852 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11854 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
11855 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11858 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
11862 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11863 have to go through updates again. */
11864 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11866 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11868 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11870 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11871 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11872 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11873 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11874 at certain location is not inserted. */
11876 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11878 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11881 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11883 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11884 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11885 keep_in_target
= 1;
11889 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11890 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11891 remove its target-side condition. */
11893 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11894 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11895 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11896 this one from the target. */
11898 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11899 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
11902 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11903 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11906 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
11908 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11910 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11911 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11912 supported, but the latter are. */
11913 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11915 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11916 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11919 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11920 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11922 if (loc2
!= old_loc
11923 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11925 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11926 keep_in_target
= 1;
11934 if (!keep_in_target
)
11936 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
11938 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11939 this location on the global list, and try to
11940 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11941 reason why we will succeed next time.
11943 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11944 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11945 only after calling us. */
11946 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11947 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11948 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
11956 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
11957 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
11959 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11960 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11961 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11962 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11963 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11964 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11965 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11966 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11967 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11968 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11969 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11970 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11971 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11972 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11975 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11976 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11978 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11979 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11980 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11981 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11982 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11983 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11984 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11985 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11986 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11987 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11988 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11989 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11990 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11993 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11994 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11995 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11996 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11998 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11999 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12000 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12001 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12002 traps we can no longer explain. */
12004 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12005 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12007 moribund_locations
.push_back (old_loc
);
12011 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12012 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12017 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12018 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12019 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12020 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12021 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12022 are sorted first for the same address.
12024 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12025 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12027 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12028 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12029 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12030 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12031 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12033 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12035 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12038 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12039 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12040 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12041 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12042 `struct bp_location'. */
12043 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12045 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12046 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12050 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12051 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12052 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12053 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12054 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12055 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12057 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12059 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12060 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12061 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12063 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12064 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12066 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12068 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12069 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12070 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12076 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12077 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12078 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12080 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12081 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12083 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12084 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12087 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12089 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12090 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12093 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12094 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12095 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12096 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12097 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12099 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12103 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12104 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12108 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12110 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< moribund_locations
.size (); ++ix
)
12112 struct bp_location
*loc
= moribund_locations
[ix
];
12113 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12115 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12116 unordered_remove (moribund_locations
, ix
);
12123 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12128 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12130 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12136 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12139 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12143 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12144 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12146 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12147 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12148 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12152 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12154 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12156 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12158 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12162 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12166 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12168 struct value_print_options opts
;
12170 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12172 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12174 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12176 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12177 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12178 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12179 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12181 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12182 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12184 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12186 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12187 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12192 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12193 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12199 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12201 printf_filtered (" at ");
12202 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12205 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12207 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12209 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12210 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12211 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12212 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12214 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12215 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12216 real situation somewhat. */
12217 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12218 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12223 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12225 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12227 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12232 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12235 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12237 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12240 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12245 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12247 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12249 xfree (this->cond_string
);
12250 xfree (this->extra_string
);
12251 xfree (this->filter
);
12254 static struct bp_location
*
12255 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12257 return new bp_location (&bp_location_ops
, self
);
12261 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12263 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12266 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12267 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12270 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12272 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12276 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12277 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12279 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12283 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12284 const address_space
*aspace
,
12286 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12288 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12292 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12297 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12301 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12303 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12306 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12310 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12312 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12315 static enum print_stop_action
12316 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12318 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12322 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12323 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12329 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12331 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12335 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12337 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12341 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12342 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12343 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12344 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12346 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12350 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12351 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12352 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12353 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12354 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12355 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12357 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12358 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12359 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12360 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12362 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12365 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12366 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12367 const struct event_location
*location
,
12368 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12370 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12373 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12376 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12381 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12384 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12386 /* Nothing to do. */
12389 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12391 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12392 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12393 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12394 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12395 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12396 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12397 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12398 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12399 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12401 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12402 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12403 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12404 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12405 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12406 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12407 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12408 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12411 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12414 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12416 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12417 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12419 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12420 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12424 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12428 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12430 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12432 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12433 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12435 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12436 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12438 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12442 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12444 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12445 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12447 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12451 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12452 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12453 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12455 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12456 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12459 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12463 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12464 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12465 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12472 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12473 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12474 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12476 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12477 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12479 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12480 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12481 be set at the same address. */
12485 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12489 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12491 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12496 static enum print_stop_action
12497 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12499 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12500 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12502 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12504 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12506 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12507 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12509 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12510 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12511 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12514 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12515 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12518 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12520 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
12521 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12523 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12524 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12525 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12527 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
12528 uiout
->text (", ");
12530 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12534 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12536 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12541 case bp_breakpoint
:
12542 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12543 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12544 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12546 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12547 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12548 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12549 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12551 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12552 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12555 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12563 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12565 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12566 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12567 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12568 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12569 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12570 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12571 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12572 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12573 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12575 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12576 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12578 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12579 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12581 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12582 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12583 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12584 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
12586 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12590 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12591 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12592 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12594 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12598 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12599 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12600 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12601 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12602 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12603 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12605 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12606 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12607 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12608 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12610 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12611 std::move (cond_string
),
12612 std::move (extra_string
),
12614 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12615 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12616 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12619 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12620 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12621 const struct event_location
*location
,
12622 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12624 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12627 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12630 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12634 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12635 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12636 case bp_overlay_event
:
12637 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12638 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12639 case bp_exception_master
:
12640 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12643 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12644 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12645 case bp_shlib_event
:
12647 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12648 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12649 case bp_thread_event
:
12655 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12657 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12659 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12660 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12661 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12662 objects (among other things). */
12663 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12664 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12670 static enum print_stop_action
12671 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12673 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12675 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12679 case bp_shlib_event
:
12680 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12681 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12682 to shlib event" message.) */
12683 print_solib_event (0);
12686 case bp_thread_event
:
12687 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12688 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12689 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12692 case bp_overlay_event
:
12693 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12694 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12697 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12698 /* These should never be enabled. */
12699 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12702 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12703 /* These should never be enabled. */
12704 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12705 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12708 case bp_exception_master
:
12709 /* These should never be enabled. */
12710 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12711 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12715 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12719 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12721 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12724 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12727 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12729 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12730 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12731 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12732 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12736 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12738 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12741 static enum print_stop_action
12742 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12744 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12748 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12750 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12753 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12755 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12756 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12758 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12760 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
12763 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
12766 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12769 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12771 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
12775 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12777 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12784 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12785 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12787 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12788 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12790 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
12794 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12795 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12796 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12798 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12800 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
12802 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12803 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12806 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12807 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12808 const struct event_location
*location
,
12809 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12811 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
12813 error (_("probe not found"));
12817 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12820 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12822 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12826 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12827 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12828 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12830 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12836 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12837 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12839 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12840 if (!tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12842 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
12844 uiout
->text ("\tmarker id is ");
12845 uiout
->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12846 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
12847 uiout
->text ("\n");
12852 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12854 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12859 case bp_tracepoint
:
12860 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12861 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12863 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
12864 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12865 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12867 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
12868 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12869 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12872 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12873 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
12880 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12882 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12884 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12885 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12886 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12887 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12888 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12889 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12891 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12892 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
12894 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12895 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
12896 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
12898 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12899 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12903 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12904 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12905 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12907 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12911 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12912 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12913 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12914 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12915 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12916 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12918 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12919 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12920 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12921 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12923 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12924 std::move (cond_string
),
12925 std::move (extra_string
),
12927 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12928 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12929 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12932 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12933 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12934 const struct event_location
*location
,
12935 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12937 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12940 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
12942 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
12946 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12947 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12948 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12949 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12951 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12952 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12955 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12956 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12957 const struct event_location
*location
,
12958 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12960 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12961 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12964 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
12966 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12969 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12971 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12973 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12974 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
12976 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12977 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12978 3 - disconnect from target 1
12979 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12981 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
12982 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
12983 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
12984 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
12985 it all the time. */
12986 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12987 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
12990 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
12993 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12995 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
12996 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
12998 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13001 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13004 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13005 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13006 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13007 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13008 address are all handled. */
13011 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13013 struct bpstats tmp_bs
;
13014 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13016 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13017 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13018 condition not be evaluated. */
13021 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13022 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13023 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13024 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13025 commands here throws. */
13026 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13027 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13029 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13031 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13032 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13036 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13040 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13041 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13042 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13044 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13045 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13047 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13048 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13050 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13051 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
13052 canonical
->location
13053 = new_linespec_location (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
13056 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13057 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
13061 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13062 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13063 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13064 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13065 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13066 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13068 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13069 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13070 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13071 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13073 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
13075 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13076 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13077 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13078 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13079 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13080 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13082 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
13084 event_location_up location
13085 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13087 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
13088 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
13089 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13090 std::move (cond_string
),
13091 std::move (extra_string
),
13092 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13093 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13094 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13095 canonical
->special_display
);
13096 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13097 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13098 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13099 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13100 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13101 corresponds to this one */
13102 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13104 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
13108 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13109 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13110 const struct event_location
*location
,
13111 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13113 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13114 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13116 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13117 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13119 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13124 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13127 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13130 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13132 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13135 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13139 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13141 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13143 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13145 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13146 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13149 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13150 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13151 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13152 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13153 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13156 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13157 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13158 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13159 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13161 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13164 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13165 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13166 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13168 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13169 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13171 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13172 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13173 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13174 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13178 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13180 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13181 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13182 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13183 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13184 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13187 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13188 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13189 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13190 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13192 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
13194 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13195 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13197 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13198 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13200 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13204 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13206 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13207 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13208 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13209 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13210 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13211 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13212 commands won't work. */
13214 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13216 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13217 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13218 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13219 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13220 might be better design to have location completely
13221 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13222 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13224 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13225 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13226 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13230 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13231 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13234 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13235 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13237 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13242 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13244 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13245 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13247 if (next
== related
)
13249 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13250 function (related
);
13252 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13253 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13258 function (related
);
13262 while (related
!= b
);
13266 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13268 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13274 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13276 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13277 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13278 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13279 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13280 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13282 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13286 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13288 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13290 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13291 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13292 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13296 map_breakpoint_numbers
13297 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13299 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, delete_breakpoint
);
13303 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13304 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13308 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13310 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13312 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13313 if ((pspace
== NULL
13314 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13315 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13316 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13321 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13322 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13323 Null names are ignored. */
13326 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13328 struct bp_location
*l
;
13329 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, streq_hash
, NULL
,
13332 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13335 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13337 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13341 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13343 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13347 htab_delete (htab
);
13353 htab_delete (htab
);
13357 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13358 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13359 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13360 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13361 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13362 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13363 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13364 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13367 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13368 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13369 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13370 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13371 in the sources, and output a warning.
13373 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13374 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13375 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13376 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13377 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13380 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13381 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13382 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13383 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13384 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13385 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13386 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13387 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13388 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13390 static struct symtab_and_line
13391 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13393 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13394 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13399 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13401 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13403 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
13404 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13405 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
13406 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
13408 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
13413 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13415 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13417 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13418 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
13420 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
13421 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13422 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13424 if (!markers
.empty ())
13426 struct symbol
*sym
;
13427 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13428 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13429 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13431 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
13433 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13435 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13436 "found at previous line number"),
13437 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13439 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13440 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13441 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13444 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13445 uiout
->text (" at ");
13447 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13448 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13451 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13453 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13455 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13458 uiout
->field_int ("line", sal2
.line
);
13459 uiout
->text ("\n");
13461 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13462 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13464 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13465 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13466 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13467 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13468 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13469 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13470 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13472 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13479 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13480 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13483 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13487 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13490 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13493 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13500 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13506 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13507 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13508 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13510 static struct bp_location
*
13511 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13513 struct bp_location head
;
13514 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13515 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13516 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13518 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13529 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13544 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13545 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13546 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13547 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13551 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13552 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
13553 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
13554 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
13556 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
13558 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
13560 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13562 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13563 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13564 "multiple locations found\n"),
13569 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13570 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13571 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13572 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13573 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13574 individual locations. */
13575 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
13578 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
13580 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
13582 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13584 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
13586 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
13588 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13590 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13594 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13597 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
13598 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
13601 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13603 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13604 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13605 b
->number
, e
.message
);
13606 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13611 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
13613 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
13615 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13619 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13622 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13623 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13624 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13625 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13626 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13627 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13628 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13630 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13632 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
13634 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13635 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13637 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13638 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
13646 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13647 if (l
->function_name
13648 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13658 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13659 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13662 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13663 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13665 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13666 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
13667 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
13669 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
13671 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13673 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
13677 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13679 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13681 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13685 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13686 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13687 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13688 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13689 state, then user already saw the message about that
13690 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13692 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13693 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13695 && search_pspace
!= NULL
13696 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
13697 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13698 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13699 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13700 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13702 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13704 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13705 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13706 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13707 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13708 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13709 which approach is better. */
13710 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13711 throw_exception (e
);
13716 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13718 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
13719 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
13720 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13722 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
13725 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
[0].pc
,
13726 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
13728 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
13730 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
13731 b
->thread
= thread
;
13735 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
13736 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
13738 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13741 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13742 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
13752 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13753 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13757 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13759 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
13760 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
13763 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
13764 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13766 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
13768 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
13770 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
13771 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
13772 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13774 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
13777 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
13780 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13781 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13784 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
13785 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13786 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13788 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
13791 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13792 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13796 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13797 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13798 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13799 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13800 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13801 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13803 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13804 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13805 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13806 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13808 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13809 std::move (cond_string
),
13810 std::move (extra_string
),
13811 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13812 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13813 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13816 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13817 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13819 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13820 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13821 const struct event_location
*location
,
13822 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13824 struct linespec_result canonical
;
13826 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
13827 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
13828 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
13831 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13832 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
13834 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
13836 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
13837 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
13842 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13845 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
13847 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
13848 set_language (b
->language
);
13850 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
13853 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13854 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13857 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13859 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13862 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
13863 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
13864 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
13866 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
13867 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
13868 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
13869 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
13870 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
13871 we select the current frame.
13873 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
13874 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
13875 have been reset. */
13876 scoped_restore save_language_mode
= make_scoped_restore (&language_mode
);
13877 language_mode
= language_mode_manual
;
13879 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13880 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13881 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13882 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13884 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13888 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
13890 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
13892 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
13893 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13899 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13902 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13903 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13904 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13905 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13907 /* Now we can insert. */
13908 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13911 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13913 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13914 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13916 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13918 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13920 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
13922 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13923 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13924 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13926 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
13930 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13931 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13932 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13935 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13937 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13942 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13943 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
13945 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
13947 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
13948 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13953 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
13957 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13958 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13960 else if (count
== 1)
13961 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13964 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13965 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13968 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13972 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
13975 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13978 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13980 const char *p
= args
;
13984 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13986 num
= get_number (&p
);
13988 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
13990 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13992 set_ignore_count (num
,
13993 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
13996 printf_filtered ("\n");
14000 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
14001 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
14004 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
14005 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
14007 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
14009 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
14010 bp_num_range
.first
);
14014 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14016 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
14018 bool match
= false;
14020 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14021 if (b
->number
== i
)
14028 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
14033 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
14037 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14038 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
14040 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14041 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14043 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14045 while (!parser
.finished ())
14047 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
14048 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
14052 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
14053 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
14055 static struct bp_location
*
14056 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
14058 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14060 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14061 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14066 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14067 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
14070 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14073 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14074 if (++n
== loc_num
)
14077 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14080 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
14081 enum class extract_bp_kind
14083 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
14086 /* Extracting a location number. */
14090 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
14091 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
14092 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
14093 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
14094 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
14097 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
14098 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
14100 const char *end
= start
;
14101 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
14103 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14104 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14105 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14106 int (end
- start
), start
);
14108 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14109 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14110 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14111 int (end
- start
), start
);
14113 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
14118 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14119 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14120 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14121 are always positive integers. */
14123 static std::pair
<int, int>
14124 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
14125 const std::string
&arg
,
14126 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
14128 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
14129 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
14130 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
14131 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
14133 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14134 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
14135 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14136 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14137 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14141 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
14142 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
14143 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
14144 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
14146 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
14147 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14148 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14149 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14150 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
14154 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14155 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
14156 range
.second
= range
.first
;
14161 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14162 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14165 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14167 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14168 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14169 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14170 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14171 location number range.
14175 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
14176 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
14177 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
14179 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
14181 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
14183 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14185 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
14186 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
14189 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
14190 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
14192 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
14197 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14199 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
14200 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
14201 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
14205 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14206 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14209 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
14211 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
14214 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
14216 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
14217 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14219 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14220 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14221 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14222 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14224 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14227 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14228 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14229 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14230 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14234 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
14235 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
14238 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
14239 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
14242 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14243 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14244 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14247 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14249 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14250 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14251 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14252 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14255 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14257 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14258 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14260 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14261 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14263 struct bp_location
*location
;
14265 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14266 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14269 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14271 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14274 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14275 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14276 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14277 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14280 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
14284 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14286 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14287 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14290 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14292 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14297 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14299 while (!num
.empty ())
14301 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
14303 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
14305 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
14306 && bp_loc_range
.first
== 0)
14308 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14309 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
14311 ? enable_breakpoint
14312 : disable_breakpoint
);
14316 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14318 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14319 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
14321 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14326 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14327 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14328 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14329 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14332 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14334 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
14338 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14341 int target_resources_ok
;
14343 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14346 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14347 target_resources_ok
=
14348 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14350 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14351 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14352 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14353 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14356 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14358 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14359 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14363 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14365 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14366 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14367 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14369 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14371 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14372 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14379 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14381 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14382 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14384 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14385 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14387 struct bp_location
*location
;
14389 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14390 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14393 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14394 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14395 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14397 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14402 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14404 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14407 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14408 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14409 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14410 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14413 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14415 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
14419 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14421 map_breakpoint_numbers
14422 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14424 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14425 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14427 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
14433 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14438 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14440 count
= get_number (&args
);
14442 map_breakpoint_numbers
14443 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14445 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14446 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14448 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
14454 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14456 map_breakpoint_numbers
14457 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14459 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14460 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14462 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
14468 set_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14473 show_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14477 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14478 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14482 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14483 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14484 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14486 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14488 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14489 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14490 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14492 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14494 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
14496 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14498 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14499 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14500 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14501 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14510 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14513 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14514 const address_space
*aspace
,
14517 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14518 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14519 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14521 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14523 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14524 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14527 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14529 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14530 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14531 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14533 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14536 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14539 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14541 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14542 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14544 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14546 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14548 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14549 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14551 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14552 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14560 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14563 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14564 const address_space
*aspace
,
14567 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14569 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14571 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14577 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14581 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
14584 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14586 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14588 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14589 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14595 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14597 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14599 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14601 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14602 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14606 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14608 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14610 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14612 if (location
!= NULL
14613 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
14614 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14616 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14618 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14620 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14622 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14623 0 /* Ignore count */,
14624 pending_break_support
,
14628 0 /* internal */, 0);
14632 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14634 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14636 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14638 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14640 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14641 0 /* Ignore count */,
14642 pending_break_support
,
14643 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14646 0 /* internal */, 0);
14649 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14652 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14654 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14655 event_location_up location
;
14657 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14658 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14659 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14661 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14662 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
14666 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14667 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
14670 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14672 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14674 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14675 0 /* Ignore count */,
14676 pending_break_support
,
14680 0 /* internal */, 0);
14683 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14684 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14686 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14687 static int next_cmd
;
14690 read_uploaded_action (void)
14692 char *rslt
= nullptr;
14694 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
14696 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
];
14703 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14704 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14705 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14706 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14707 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14709 struct tracepoint
*
14710 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14712 const char *addr_str
;
14713 char small_buf
[100];
14714 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14716 if (utp
->at_string
)
14717 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
14720 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14721 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14722 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14724 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14725 "source location, using raw address"),
14727 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14728 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14731 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14732 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14733 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14734 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14737 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
14739 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14741 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
14742 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14744 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14745 0 /* Ignore count */,
14746 pending_break_support
,
14747 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14749 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14751 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14754 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14755 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14756 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14760 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
14763 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14766 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14767 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14768 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14770 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
14772 counted_command_line cmd_list
;
14777 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
);
14779 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
14781 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
14782 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
14783 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14784 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14787 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14788 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14789 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14794 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14798 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14800 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14803 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
14805 if (num_printed
== 0)
14807 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14808 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14810 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
14813 default_collect_info ();
14816 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14817 Not supported by all targets. */
14819 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14821 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14824 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14825 Not supported by all targets. */
14827 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14829 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14832 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14834 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14836 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14842 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14844 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14845 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14846 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14848 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14849 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14851 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14855 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14857 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14859 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14860 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14861 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14865 map_breakpoint_numbers
14866 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14868 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, delete_breakpoint
);
14872 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14875 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14877 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
14878 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
14880 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14881 tp
->number
, count
);
14884 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14886 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14887 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14888 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14891 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14893 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
14896 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
14897 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14898 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14900 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14902 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
14903 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
14905 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14907 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14909 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14911 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14913 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14914 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14917 else if (*args
== '\0')
14919 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
14921 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14925 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14926 while (!parser
.finished ())
14928 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
14930 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14935 struct tracepoint
*
14936 get_tracepoint (int num
)
14938 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14940 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14941 if (t
->number
== num
)
14942 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14947 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14948 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14951 struct tracepoint
*
14952 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
14954 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14956 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14958 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14960 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
14967 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14968 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14969 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14970 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14972 struct tracepoint
*
14973 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
14974 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
14976 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14978 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
14980 if (parser
!= NULL
)
14982 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
14983 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
14985 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
14986 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
14988 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
14992 if (instring
&& *instring
)
14993 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14996 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15000 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15001 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15003 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15006 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15011 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15013 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15014 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15017 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15019 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15022 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15023 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15024 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15028 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15029 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15031 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15033 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15035 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15036 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15038 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15039 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15041 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15042 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15045 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15046 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15051 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15053 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15055 /* We can stop searching. */
15062 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15066 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
15070 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
15071 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15072 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
15074 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15075 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15077 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15079 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15080 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15083 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15084 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15087 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15089 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15090 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15093 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15094 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15096 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15097 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15099 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15101 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15103 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15106 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
15108 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15110 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15111 throw_exception (ex
);
15115 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15116 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15119 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15120 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15122 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15123 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15124 special, and not user visible. */
15125 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15127 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15130 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15132 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15136 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15137 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15140 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15143 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15146 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15148 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15151 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15154 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15156 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15159 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15161 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
15162 all_tracepoints (void)
15164 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> tp_vec
;
15165 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15167 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15169 tp_vec
.push_back (tp
);
15176 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15177 locations used by several commands. */
15179 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15180 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15181 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15182 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15183 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15184 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15186 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15187 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15188 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15190 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15191 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15192 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15193 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15194 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15196 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15197 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15198 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15199 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15200 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15201 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead.\n"
15203 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15204 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15205 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15208 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15209 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15210 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15211 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15212 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15213 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15214 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15217 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15218 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15220 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15221 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15222 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15223 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15224 conditions are different.\n\
15226 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15228 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15229 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15231 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15232 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15235 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15236 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15237 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15238 void *user_data_catch
,
15239 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15241 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15243 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15245 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15246 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15247 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15249 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15251 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15252 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15253 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15257 save_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15259 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15260 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15261 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15264 struct breakpoint
*
15265 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15268 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15270 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15272 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15279 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15280 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15283 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15285 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15286 non-inline function. */
15287 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15293 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15294 have been inlined. */
15297 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15298 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15300 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15301 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15303 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15305 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15308 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15310 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15311 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15319 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15322 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15324 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15326 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15327 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15328 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15332 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15334 static int initialized
= 0;
15336 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15342 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15343 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15344 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15345 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15346 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15347 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15348 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15349 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15350 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15351 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15352 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15353 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15355 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15356 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15357 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15358 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15359 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15360 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15361 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15362 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15364 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15365 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15366 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15367 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15368 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15369 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15370 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15371 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15372 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15373 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15375 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15376 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15377 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15378 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15379 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15380 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15381 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15383 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15384 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15385 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15386 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15387 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15388 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15389 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15391 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15392 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15393 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15394 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15395 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15396 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15397 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15400 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15401 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15402 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15403 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15404 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15405 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15406 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15407 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15408 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15409 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15410 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15411 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15412 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15414 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15415 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15416 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15417 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15418 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15419 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15420 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15421 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15422 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15423 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15424 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15427 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15428 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15429 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15430 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15431 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15432 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15433 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15434 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15435 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15436 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15438 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15439 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15440 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15441 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15442 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15444 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15445 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15446 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15447 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15448 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15449 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15451 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15452 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15453 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15454 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15455 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15456 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15457 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15458 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15459 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15460 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15462 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15463 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15464 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15465 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15466 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15467 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15468 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15469 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15470 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15471 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15473 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15474 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15475 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15476 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15477 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15478 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15479 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15480 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15481 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15482 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15484 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15485 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15486 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15487 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15488 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15489 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15490 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15491 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15492 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15493 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15494 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15496 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15497 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15498 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15499 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15500 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15501 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15502 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15503 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15504 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15507 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15509 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15512 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15514 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15516 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15518 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15519 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15520 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15522 breakpoint_objfile_key
15523 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_objfile_data
);
15525 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15526 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15527 before a breakpoint is set. */
15528 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15530 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15532 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15533 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15534 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15536 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15537 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15538 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15539 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15541 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15542 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15543 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15544 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15545 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15547 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15548 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15549 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15550 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15551 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15553 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15554 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15555 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15556 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15557 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15559 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15560 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15562 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15563 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15564 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15565 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15567 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15568 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15570 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15571 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15572 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15573 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15575 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15576 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15578 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15579 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15580 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15581 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15582 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15583 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15584 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15586 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15588 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15589 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15590 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15591 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15592 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15593 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15595 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15596 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15597 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15600 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15601 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15602 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15605 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15606 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15607 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15608 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15611 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15612 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15613 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15616 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15617 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15618 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15621 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15622 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15623 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15624 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15627 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15628 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15629 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15630 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15631 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15632 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15633 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15634 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15636 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
15637 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15638 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15639 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15640 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15641 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15644 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15645 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15646 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15647 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15649 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15650 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15651 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15652 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15653 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15655 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
15656 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15657 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15658 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15659 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15662 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15663 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15664 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15666 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15667 is executing in.\n"
15668 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
15669 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15670 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15672 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15673 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15674 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15675 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15677 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
15678 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
15679 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
15680 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
15684 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15685 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15686 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15687 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15688 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15689 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15690 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15691 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15692 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15693 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15694 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15695 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15696 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15697 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15698 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15699 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15701 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15702 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15703 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15704 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15705 breakpoint set."));
15708 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15709 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15710 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15711 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15712 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15713 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15714 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15715 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15716 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15718 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15719 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15720 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15721 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15722 breakpoint set."));
15724 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15726 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15727 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15728 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15729 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15730 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15731 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15732 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15733 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15734 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15735 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15736 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15737 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15738 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15740 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15741 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15742 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15743 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15745 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15747 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
15748 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15749 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
15750 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15752 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
15753 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15754 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
15755 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15757 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15758 catch_fork_command_1
,
15760 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
15761 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
15762 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15763 catch_fork_command_1
,
15765 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
15766 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
15767 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15768 catch_exec_command_1
,
15772 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15773 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15774 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15775 catch_load_command_1
,
15779 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15780 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15781 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15782 catch_unload_command_1
,
15787 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
15788 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15789 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15790 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15791 an expression changes.\n\
15792 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15793 the memory to which it refers."));
15794 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15796 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
15797 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15798 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15799 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15800 an expression is read.\n\
15801 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15802 the memory to which it refers."));
15803 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15805 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
15806 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15807 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15808 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15809 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15810 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15811 the memory to which it refers."));
15812 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15814 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
15815 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15817 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15818 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15819 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
15820 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
15821 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15822 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15823 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15824 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15825 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15828 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
15829 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15831 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
15833 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15835 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
15836 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15838 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15839 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15840 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15842 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
15843 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15844 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15845 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15847 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
15848 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15850 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15851 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15852 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15854 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
15855 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15857 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15858 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15859 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15860 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15861 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15862 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15863 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15864 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15865 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15867 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15868 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
15869 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15870 conditions are different.\n\
15872 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15873 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15874 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15876 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15877 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15878 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15879 last tracepoint set."));
15881 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15883 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
15884 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15885 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15886 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15888 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
15890 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
15891 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15892 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15893 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15895 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
15897 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
15898 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15899 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15900 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15902 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
15904 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
15905 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15906 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15907 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15908 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15910 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
15911 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15912 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
15913 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15915 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15916 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15917 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15918 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15919 session to restore them."),
15921 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15923 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15924 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15925 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15927 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15929 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
15930 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
15932 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15933 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15934 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15935 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15936 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
15937 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
15938 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15939 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15940 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15941 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15942 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
15943 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
15945 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
15946 &pending_break_support
, _("\
15947 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15948 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15949 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15950 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15951 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15952 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15954 show_pending_break_support
,
15955 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15956 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15958 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
15960 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
15961 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
15962 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15963 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15964 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15965 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15966 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15968 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
15969 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15970 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15972 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
15973 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
15974 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15975 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15976 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15977 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15978 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15979 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15980 when execution stops."),
15982 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
15983 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15984 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15986 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
15987 condition_evaluation_enums
,
15988 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
15989 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15990 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15991 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15992 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
15993 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
15994 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
15995 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
15996 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
15997 be set to \"gdb\""),
15998 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15999 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16000 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16001 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16003 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16004 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16005 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16006 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16007 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16008 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16009 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16010 or the start of the range\n\
16011 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16012 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16013 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16015 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16016 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16017 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16019 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16020 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16021 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16022 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16023 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16024 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16026 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16027 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16028 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16029 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16030 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16031 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16032 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16033 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16034 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16035 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16036 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16037 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16039 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16040 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16041 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16042 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16043 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16044 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16045 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16047 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16048 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16049 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16050 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16051 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16052 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16053 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16055 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16056 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16057 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16058 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16059 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16060 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16063 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16065 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16066 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16067 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16069 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16071 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16072 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);